DE102021100590A1 - Processes and devices for integrating functional fibers into a workpiece during selective laser sintering and FDM 3D printing - Google Patents

Abstract

The invention relates to a method for embedding functional fibers in a workpiece during selective laser sintering. Two variants of the method are proposed. In a first variant of the method, parts of the powder layer (pw) are sintered with a laser beam, for example, before the insertion process. A heating element (hk) then melts the workpiece parts that have already melted again. The functional fiber (ff) is fed through a channel (kn) in the heating element (hk) by means of a feed device to the melt or the melt-like mass and is inserted into the melt or melt-like mass at the insertion point. As a result of the movement of the heating element (hk), the fully or partially melted area moves away from the heating element and is heated less, which means that it cools down and solidifies with the functional fiber that has already been inserted. According to the proposal, this variant can also be used to insert fibers into objects that have been produced, for example, by injection molding or extruder-based 3D printing or other methods of additive manufacturing.

Description

Field of invention

The invention is directed to a method for producing a three-dimensional body, in particular comprising an area with a composite material, in particular for additive manufacturing. A user can use the method before and after sintering and for simultaneous sintering. In the broadest sense, this sintering can extend to complete local melting.

General introduction and motivation

The object of the invention is to embed functional fibers, hereinafter also functional fibers ( ff ) called, into the workpiece ( wst ), typically a powder layer that has yet to be melted or an already melted and solidified powder layer ( pv ) during selective laser sintering. FDM printers that create objects from Flimanten by means of an extruder can also use the functional fiber insertion device proposed according to the invention ( ft ) Functional fibers into the surface of the workpiece during FDM printing ( wst ) insert. The description presented here deals with these two main variants. This document also outlines other variants from the combination of the fiber insertion device according to the proposal with other 3D printing processes. In the “Relevant Fonts” section, some fonts on additive manufacturing and the additive manufacturing of composite materials are listed. Neither solves the problem of inserting the carbon fibers into the workpiece for selective laser sintering (SLS).

From the US 2016/0 067 928 A1 a device for inserting composite fibers during 3D printing is known. The technical teaching of the US 2016/0 067 928 A1 refers to FDM printing in which an extruder melts a filament. The extruder then places the melted filament material at predetermined positions on a workpiece surface. In the technical teaching of the US 2016/0 067 928 A1 the devices disclosed therein introduce the composite fiber in various ways after settling. This has several disadvantages. First, the devices can only insert one fiber into the detached material coil made of filament material. The density of the composite fibers is therefore approximately limited to the fiber cross-sectional area divided by the cross-sectional area of the extruder nozzle. Use in SLS systems is excluded, as this process does not allow the fibers to be fixed on the workpiece. However, this is necessary so that in SLS systems, a doctor blade does not tear out the fibers during the subsequent powder application of the subsequent powder layer. The technical teaching of the US 2016/0 067 928 A1 thus does not solve the problem.

task

The problem of creating a solution for embedding functional fibers in workpieces that are manufactured using additive manufacturing processes while the additive manufacturing process is being carried out is therefore the basis of the proposal presented here. The solution should not have the above problems.

A method according to claim bug! Reference source not found. solves this task. The application of the method results in a composite material according to claim Fehler! Reference source could not be found .. The device according to claim Error! Reference source could not be found, is suitable and typically provided a method according to claim Fehler! Referral source could not be found to perform. The use of such a device thus also solves the problem. The same applies to claim errors! Could not find a referral source that relied on a specific combination of practices.

Solution of the task

The invention relates to a method for producing a three-dimensional body, in particular a method for additive manufacturing, and the associated device. The goal is to create a composite material as part of the additive manufacturing process.

• - Schritt α: Unterbrechen eines Grundverfahrens der additiven Fertigung;
• - Schritt β: Einbringen einer Funktionsfaser (ff) mittels eines Funktionsfasereinbringverfahrens in eine zum Zeitpunkt der Unterbrechung schon erstellte Oberfläche (of, ofn) des Werkstücks (wst);
• - Schritt δ: Fortsetzen des Grundverfahrens der additiven Fertigung;

The elaboration of the invention led to the realization that all previous attempts to produce composite materials are based on a paradigm. This is particularly evident from the lack of relevant literature. The paradigm commonly used is that it is optimal for the 3D printing device to use the functional fibers ( ff ) embedded in a common process step with the addition of the material to be deposited. In the case of FDM printing, this means that the filament, the material of which the 3D printer is to additively to the workpiece surface using the extruder, already includes the functional fiber immediately before it leaves the extruder and before it is deposited on the workpiece surface. The process adds the functional fiber to the filament either in the extruder or during filament production. No functioning processes are known for selective laser sintering. A key finding is that this paradigm has a false premise. Typically this is the Functional fiber ( ff ) a material other than the material that is used in the construction of the workpiece ( wst ) serves. The processing of a functional fiber ( ff ) in the same basic process as the basic process used in additive manufacturing requires compatible material properties. However, this requirement is not always met. An essential finding is therefore that the introduction of the functional fiber ( ff ) should be a process that is an optimized process with regard to this introduction of the functional fiber ( ff ) should be. Furthermore, another essential finding is that this process of introducing the functional fiber ( ff ) can be completely different from the process of deposition of the remaining material of the workpiece ( wst ). In short, a variant of the method proposed here solves the problem in such a way that in the method the material of the workpiece on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) is melted and the functional fiber ( ff ) is then inserted into the melt. In the prior art, in contrast, the not yet deposited material of the filament is melted and together with the functional fiber ( ff ) deposited on the already manufactured workpiece in one process step. The proposed basic method of additive manufacturing of a workpiece ( wst ) according to the invention therefore comprises the steps

• - Step α: interrupting a basic process of additive manufacturing;
• - Step β: introduction of a functional fiber ( ff ) by means of a functional fiber insertion process into a surface that was already created at the time of the interruption ( of , open ) of the workpiece ( wst );
• - Step δ: continuation of the basic process of additive manufacturing;

The method preferably produces a composite material with at least one functional fiber ( ff ) as part of the workpiece ( wst ) here. The functional fiber introduction process is different from the basic process. What “different” means here is explained here using the state of the art for FDM printing of composite materials. In FDM printing, a filament feed device, which is typically located inside the extruder, feeds a filament in the form of a wire to a heated extruder nozzle. A positioning device typically moves and positions the extruder parallel to the surface during the printing process ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). A filament conveying device moves the filament through a channel in the direction of the workpiece surface. At the end of the channel there is a heated nozzle that melts the filament. To the extent that the filament feed device delivers the filament, the filament material that has already been melted pushes the filament material out of the nozzle of the extruder and places it on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) away. In the prior art it is now known, in such an extruder ( extr ) to use a filament that has a functional fiber ( ff ) includes. The extrusion process not only places the melted filament material on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), but also the functional fiber ( ff ). The solidifying melt of the filament material on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece restricts the degree of freedom of the remote functional fiber ( ff ) on. Such an extrusion process using a filament, which is also a functional fiber ( ff ), thus uses the filament material with the same FDM printing process as the process for placing the functional fiber ( ff ) and to limit the degree of freedom of the detached functional fiber ( ff ). This is what this publication understands as a “same process” of additive manufacturing. In contrast to this, we propose to deposit the material in a first basic process that is optimized for the material, and the functional fiber ( ff ) to be deposited in a second method, which is different from the first basic method and in contrast to the functional fiber ( ff ) is optimized. In a first example disclosed here, the basic process is selective laser sintering printing and the process for depositing the functional fiber ( ff ) the selective heat melting process. In a second example disclosed here, the basic process is FDM printing with an extruder and the process for dumping the functional fiber ( ff ) the selective heat melting process. The proposed method only carries out this selective heat sintering process after the material of the filament has been deposited on the workpiece ( wst ) through. The use of a selective laser sintering process together with a selective heat melting process for embedding the functional fibers is particularly advantageous ( ff ) into the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ).

The basic method of additive manufacturing can be, for example, a fused deposition modeling (FDM) method that an FDM system carries out, or a method of selective sintering and / or a method of selective melting that For example, a SLS system is carried out, or a process that includes one of the following VDI 3405 processes, or a process that is one of the following VDI 3405 processes: Stereolithography ( SL ), Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Selective Laser Melting (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, also: Laser Beam Melting = LBM), Selective Electron Ions or Particle Beam Melting (Electron Beam Melting = EBM), Fused Layer Modeling / Manufacturing ( FLM or also Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF), Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM), Poly-Jet Modeling (PJM), 3-D printing (3DP, also Binder Jetting), Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM), Digital Light Processing (DLP) , Thermal transfer sintering (TTS), metal laminated tooling (MELATO), continuous liquid interface production (CLIP), selective heat sintering (SHS), laser deposition welding (LMD), wax deposition modeling (WDM), contour crafting, cold gas spraying or metal Powder application process (MPA), lithography-based ceramic manufacturing (LCM), 3D screen printing, 3D inkjet printing, 3D inkjet printing of optical elements, light-controlled electrophoretic deposition, Shaping-Debinding-Sintering (SDS), Bound Metal Deposition (BMD), Process for the production of metallic or ceramic green bodies by means of fused deposition modeling / fused layer modeling or material extrusion, two-photon lithography, Arburg plastic freeforming, screw extrusion additive manufacturing (SEAM).

1. a) zumindest einen Schritt β.1 des Bereitstellens einer Funktionsfaser (ff) sowie
2. b) einen Schritt β.2 des Positionierens und/oder Deponierens und/oder Ablegens der Funktionsfaser (ff) relativ zum Werkstück (wst) sowie
3. c) einen Schritt β.3 des Einschränkens der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff), wobei diese Einschränkung zeitgleich mit dem Schritt β.2 des Positionierens und/oder Deponierens und/oder Ablegens der Funktionsfaser (ff) relativ zum Werkstück (wst) erfolgen kann.

The step β of introducing a functional fiber ( ff ) preferably includes by means of a functional fiber introduction method

1. a) at least one step β.1 of providing a functional fiber ( ff ) as
2. b) a step β.2 of positioning and / or depositing and / or laying down the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst ) as
3. c) a step β.3 of restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ), whereby this restriction occurs at the same time as step β.2 of positioning and / or depositing and / or laying down the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst ) can be done.

The provision of the functional fiber ( ff ) can, for example, in the case of carbon fiber as a functional fiber ( ff ) in such a way that the proposed device is a functional fiber spool with the functional fiber ( ff ) provides rotatably mounted as a functional fiber supply. An elastic tube, for example on polyethylene or the like, guides the functional fiber ( ff ) in the proposed device of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) to. In the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) there is a functional fiber feed device ( mar , ar , pr ), the functional fiber ( ff ) is pulled down from the functional fiber spool and in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) promoted. Since the methods proposed here usually do not use continuous fibers as functional fibers ( ff ) process, includes the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) preferably also a cutting and separating device ( av ) to the functional fiber ( ff ) after positioning and investing.

The functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) promoted by their advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) during the positioning and / or depositing and / or laying down of the functional fiber ( ff ) continuous material of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the direction of the workpiece ( wst ). The at least two-dimensional positioning device positions the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) preferably synchronous to the fiber advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) by means of the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) relative to the workpiece ( wst ) typically continuously new. In the simplest case, this means that the at least two-dimensional positioning device is the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) relative to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) offset. This corresponds to the distance traveled by the functional fiber insertion device relatively and preferably parallel to the workpiece surface ( ft ) essentially the feed length that the functional fiber ( ff ) in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) by the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) learns. As a result, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) essentially along a line that can be straight or curved on the workpiece ( wst ) away. However, this does not yet establish a mechanical connection between the functional fiber ( ff ) and the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) here. The functional fiber ( ff ) is therefore opposite the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) still movable. The restriction of the degrees of freedom takes away this mobility of the functional fiber ( ff ). This restriction can be applied along the entire length of the functional fiber ( ff ) or only in sections for functional fiber sections of the functional fiber ( ff ) respectively. The procedure suggested here opens the interface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) for inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into this opening. In the example primarily discussed here, the functional fiber insertion device melts ( ft ) the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) locally in a melting area ( b ) on. In the example, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) wholly or partially into the melt of the melting area ( b ) on. After the functional fiber section has been inserted, the positioning device moves into the melting area ( b ) the melting area ( b ) in a preferably more or less continuous process by a length that is essentially the feed length of the functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) by the functional fiber feed device in the same period of time. At the insertion point ( ep ) the functional fiber ( ff ) places the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) on. The insertion point ( ep ) is preferably located in the melting area ( b ). The melting area ( b ) moves to the same extent as the insertion point ( ep ) the functional fiber ( ff ) with in which the positioning device the Functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) moves. This causes insertion points to move ( ep ) and melting area ( b ) spatially and temporally during the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) preferably synchronous. The feed speed at which the fiber feed device feeds the functional fiber ( ff ), thus preferably corresponds to the speed at which the positioning device removes the finishing fiber insertion device along the surface ( of ) of the workpiece. The previous melting area moves here ( b ) from the heating area, the warm-up area ( a , b ), out, starts as a solidification area ( c ) then to solidify and then finally transforms into a solidification area ( d ). In the solidification area ( d ) are the previously stored functional fiber sections of the functional fiber ( ff ) firmly melted down and thus limited in their degrees of freedom. The embedding and integration of the functional fibers ( ff ) into the workpiece ( wst ) should typically after insertion including the ends of the functional fibers ( ff ) be complete. Typically there is a cut-off distance between the cutting point of the cutting and separating device ( av ), which establish the mechanical connection of the functional fiber ( ff ) between functional fiber reel and workpiece ( wst ), and the insertion point ( ep ) the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt of the melting area ( b ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). Eventually the insertion point reaches ( ep ) in the course of the continuous repositioning of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) through the positioning device a point on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), which is only about this cutting distance from the planned end position of the planned functional fiber end of the functional fiber ( ff ) is removed. When this point is reached, the cutting and separating device cuts preferentially ( av ) the functional fiber ( ff ) through. Typically, the continuous repositioning of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) which is still in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) remaining functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) from the channel ( kn ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) out. This separating step of the cutting and separating device ( av ) represents the step β.4 of the optional separation of the functional fiber ( ff ). In theory, namely, the device can operate in a continuous process.

Before resuming the normal 3D printing process, it is conceivable to add additional, e.g. n additional functional fibers ( ff ) in the same or similar way into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to insert. n should be a whole positive number. For each functional fiber to be inserted ( ff ) of the n functional fibers, the proposed device executes the previously described method steps β.1 to β.3 and, if necessary, step β.4. For the sake of simplicity, in this document we refer to the insertion of the first additional functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to the already inserted functional fiber ( ff ) with the optional step γ.1. The insertion of the second additional functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface of the workpiece to the two already inserted functional fibers ( ff ) we also use the optional step γ.2 etc. to denote the insertion of the nth additional functional fiber ( ff ) takes place to the already inserted n functional fibers ( ff ) additionally. The insertion of this nth additional functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) we then use the optional step yn to denote each of these process steps γ.1 to yn in each case for the previously described process steps β.1 to β.3 and, if applicable, step β.4.

• Zunächst schmilz beuspielsweise ein Heizkörper (hk) zumindest teilweise eine Oberfläche (of, ofn) des Werkstücks (wst) bzw. einer Schicht (pw, pwn) in einem Aufschmelzbereich (a,b) auf. Beispielsweise die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) legt zumindest einen Funktionsfaserabschnitt der Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze des Ausschmelzbereiches (a,b) ein. Anschließende erstarrt die Schmelze des Ausschmelzbereiches (a,b) in einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) mit der eingelegten Funktionsfaser (ff) zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d) der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst). Der Verfestigungsbereich (d) beschränkt dann die Funktionsfaser (ff) in ihren Freiheitsgraden. Der Verfestigungsbereich (d) fiexiert also beispielsweise und umhüllt sogar ggf. die Funktionsfaser (ff).

It is now an essential further idea of the invention that the method for carrying out the step "Step β.3", i.e. the method for restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ), differs from the basic process of additive manufacturing. So, for example, restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fibers ( ff ) be a modified method of selective heat melting, i.e. selective melting by means of heat, as described above, while the basic method can be a method of FDM printing or selective laser sintering. In a special process variant, the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber are restricted ( ff ) using at least the following procedure:

• First, for example, melt a radiator ( hk ) at least partially a surface ( of , open ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or a shift ( pw , pwn) in a melting area ( a , b) on. For example, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) lays at least one functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt of the melted area ( a , b) a. The melt in the melted area then solidifies ( a , b) in a solidification area ( c ) with the inserted functional fiber ( ff ) to a consolidation area ( d ) the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). The solidification area ( d ) then restricts the functional fiber ( ff ) in their degrees of freedom. The solidification area ( d ) thus fiexes, for example, and possibly even envelops the functional fiber ( ff ).

In a second special variant of the process, the use of at least the following process restricts the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) a: A fastener, in particular an adhesive, fixes the functional fiber (FF) to a surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). However, such a fastening means cannot just be an adhesive. Rather, there are also soldered connections and / or Weld seams and / or soldering are conceivable as fastening means for fastening.

• Beispielsweise die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) legt die Funktionsfaser (ff) an oder in einer Klemm- oder Haltestrukturstruktur an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) ein. Die Halte- oder Klemmstruktur kann beispielsweise eine Nut des Werkstücks (wst) oder ein Graben an der Werkstückoberfläche oder eine Aussparung in einer Struktur an der Werkstückoberfläche oder ein Aufschmelzbereich (b) sein. In dieser Verfahrensvariante können Klemmittel, wie beispielsweise Keile und/oder Klammern und/oder Klemmblöcke oder dergleichen die Funktionsfaser (ff) an oder in der Klemm- oder Haltestrukturstruktur an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) festklemmen. Die Klemm- oder Haltestrukturstruktur kann ggf. nur temporär, also z.B. nur während des Freiliegens einer Schicht, während des additiven Fertigungsprozesses existieren. In dieser Verfahrensvariante muss aber nicht unbedingt eine Klemmung erfolgen. Beispielsweise ist es denkbar, die Nut mittels selektiven Laser-Sinterns zu fertigen. Weiter ist es denkbar, das Pulver, das die hier diskutierte Variante des vorgeschagenen Verfahrens zum selektiven Laser-Sintern verwendet und das sich dann noch in der Nut befindet, anschließend aus der Nut durch einen Staubsauger oder dergleichen abzusaugen. Die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) kann dann die Funktionsfaser (ff) in die so freigeräumte Nut einlegen. Dieses Leersaugen bezieht sich bevorzugt auf ein Verfahren, das ein selektives Laser-Sintern der Oberfläche eines Pulverbetts umfasst. Die Gundgedanken lassen sich aber auch auf andere additive Fertigungsverfahren anwenden. Ein später folgender Abschnitt dieser Schrift behandelt daher einen FDM-Drucker mit einer Werkzeugwechselvorrichtung (wwv). Wir schlagen im Falle eines Selective-Laser-Sintering-Druckers vor, den Einsatz einer Werkzeugwechselvorrichtung (wwv) zusammen mit einer Positioniervorrichtung innerhalb der Prozesskammer des Selective-Laser-Sintering-Druckers zu prüfen. Im Falle eines Selective-Laser-Sintering-Druckers kann die Werkzeugwechselvorrichtung (wwv) bevorzugt dann beispielsweise eine Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) aufnehmen und im Zusammenwirken mit der Posioniereinrichtung die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) positionieren. Alternativ kann in diesem Fall beispielsweise die die Werkzeugwechselvorrichtung (wwv) bevorzugt dann beispielsweise auch eine Saugvorrichtung mit einem schaltbaren Saugventil und einem Saugschlauch aufnehmen und positionieren und für die Entfernung des überschüssigen Pulvers aus den Nuten zu bereitstellen. Bevorzugt befindet sich die Ansaugvorrichtung für den Saugschlauch zur Entfernung des Pulvers in der Nut außerhalb der Prozesskammer (pk) des Selective-Laser-Sintering-Druckers. Im Falle des FDM-Druckens ist der Schritt des Freiräumens der Nut gegenüber dem selektiven Laser-Sintern nicht notwendig. In dem Fall kann die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) die Funktionsfaser (ff) direkt in die Nut einlegen. Ist der Aufschmelzbereich (b) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) tief genug, ist ggf. auch die Fertigung der Nut nicht notwendig. Ein Heizer (hz) erhitzt beispielsweise einen Heizkörper (hk) der Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft). Bevorzugt kann die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) die Oberflächen der Nut, also beispielsweise deren Boden und deren Seitenwände, z.B. mittels des Heizkörpers (hk) lokal aufschmelzen. In der Folge kann dann diese Schmelze in dem entstehenden Aufschmelzbereich (b) die Funktionsfaser (ff) beim Einlegevorgang der Funktionsfaser (ff) benetzen. Nach dem erneuten Erstarren und Verfestigen der Nutoberflächen beschränkt dieser Verfestigungsbereich (d) die Funktionsfaser (ff) dann in ihren Freiheitsgraden. Der Verfestigungsbereich (d) befestigt die Funktionsfaser (ff) bevorzugt an dem Werkstück (wst) und umschließt bevorzugt die Funktionsfaser (ff).

In a third special variant of the method, the method restricts the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber at least using the following sub-methods ( ff ) on:

• For example, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) lays the functional fiber ( ff ) on or in a clamping or holding structure structure on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) on. The holding or clamping structure can, for example, be a groove in the workpiece ( wst ) or a trench on the workpiece surface or a recess in a structure on the workpiece surface or a melting area ( b ) being. In this variant of the method, clamping means, such as wedges and / or clamps and / or clamping blocks or the like, can the functional fibers ( ff ) on or in the clamping or holding structure structure on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) clamp. The clamping or holding structure structure can possibly only exist temporarily, for example only while a layer is exposed, during the additive manufacturing process. In this variant of the method, however, clamping does not necessarily have to take place. For example, it is conceivable to manufacture the groove by means of selective laser sintering. It is also conceivable that the powder, which the variant of the proposed method for selective laser sintering discussed here, uses and which is then still in the groove, can then be sucked out of the groove using a vacuum cleaner or the like. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) into the cleared groove. This evacuation preferably relates to a method which comprises a selective laser sintering of the surface of a powder bed. The basic ideas can also be applied to other additive manufacturing processes. A later section of this document therefore deals with an FDM printer with a tool changing device ( wwv ). In the case of a selective laser sintering printer, we suggest using a tool changing device ( wwv ) together with a positioning device within the process chamber of the selective laser sintering printer. In the case of a selective laser sintering printer, the tool changing device ( wwv ) then preferably, for example, a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and in cooperation with the positioning device, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) position. Alternatively, in this case, for example, the tool changing device ( wwv ) then preferably also take up and position a suction device with a switchable suction valve and a suction hose, for example, and make it available for the removal of the excess powder from the grooves. The suction device for the suction hose for removing the powder is preferably located in the groove outside the process chamber ( pk ) of the selective laser sintering printer. In the case of FDM printing, the step of clearing the groove compared to selective laser sintering is not necessary. In this case, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) directly into the groove. Is the melting area ( b ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) deep enough, it may not be necessary to manufacture the groove. For example, a heater (hz) heats a radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ). The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the surfaces of the groove, for example its bottom and its side walls, e.g. by means of the radiator ( hk ) melt locally. As a result, this melt can then be used in the resulting melting area ( b ) the functional fiber ( ff ) during the insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) wet. After re-solidification and solidification of the groove surfaces, this solidification area limits ( d ) the functional fiber ( ff ) then in their degrees of freedom. The solidification area ( d ) attaches the functional fiber ( ff ) preferably on the workpiece ( wst ) and preferably encloses the functional fiber ( ff ).

In a fourth special variant of the method, a method that includes at least one of the following sub-methods restricts the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ): First, the stapling material staples the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) fixed. Brackets can also use the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of of the workpiece ( wst ) clamp. Nails can also use the functional fiber ( ff ) to the surface of the workpiece. Instead of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) these protruding fastening methods can also be used, for example, clamping or holding structure structure on the surface, preferably manufactured using the basic method ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to use. Again, a groove in the workpiece is particularly preferred as a clamping or holding structure, which is again preferably manufactured by means of the basic method for additive manufacturing, as used in this example. Since, for example, a squeegee ( rk ) or an extruder ( extr ) can cover this groove (groove) with subsequent layers in a subsequent process step of the basic method, which is preferred, the clamping or holding structure structure can possibly only exist temporarily during the additive manufacturing process, since it is then under the later with the Basic process deposited layers disappears. Local stapling or stapling or nailing down the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( ff ) is preferably carried out by means of a fastening aid, in particular a clip or a nail or a clamp. It is conceivable that the device holds further funds ready for this. For example, it can be a stapling device that shoots staples into the surface of the workpiece and thus the functional fibers ( ff ) on the part of the workpiece that has already been created ( wst ) attached. This then restricts the degrees of freedom of the functional fibers ( ff ) on. Such a device then has three sub-device groups (means): First, it has a first sub-device group which is necessary for carrying out the basic method. In the case of an SLS system (selective laser sintering system), these are the means necessary for the selective laser sintering process. Secondly, it has a second sub-device group that is necessary for inserting the functional fiber. In the case discussed here, the process of inserting or removing the functional fiber ( ff ) in or on the surface of the workpiece ( wst ) from the process of fixing the functional fiber ( ff ) Cut. The means for inserting or removing the functional fiber ( ff ) in or on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) is the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ). Thirdly, the device in this specific example also has a third sub-device group that is used for fastening the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) necessary is. The means for fastening the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), for example, the stapling device can be used to shoot nails or staples into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) being. Such a device typically has only one or only a few positioning devices. Therefore it makes sense to use a tool changing device ( wwv ) to be provided, which by means of a fully automatic clamping device a tool from a tool setting device ( wav1 , wav2 ) can be removed from a predetermined parking position and can be set down there again. In the example here, especially in the one in the 64 until 70 The example shown includes the tensioning device of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a locking plate ( vp ) with a slot ( vrs ). The tool changing device ( wwv ) preferably has a locking pin (vst) with a transverse bolt. A rotating device can rotate the locking pin (vst) about its longitudinal axis into a first position with a first orientation of the transverse bolt and rotate it into a second position with a second orientation of the transverse bolt. Through the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) the positioning device of the tool changing device ( wwv ) by means of a suitable movement of the tool changing device ( wwv ) insert the locking pin (vst) with a cross bolt through the first orientation of the cross bolt. An actuator ( btv ) causes the rotating device of the locking pin (vst) to rotate it into the first position or the second position. For example, a first tool can be an extruder ( extr ) act for the local targeted depositing of the material of a plastic filament. For example, a second tool can be a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (hereinafter also referred to as fiber tool) for the local, targeted storage and / or insertion of functional fiber sections of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) Act.

For example, a third tool can be a stapling device (hereinafter also referred to as a fixing tool) for the local, targeted fastening of the previously deposited and / or inserted functional fiber sections of a functional fiber ( ff ) on which the surface of the workpiece ( wst ) act by means of fastening aids.

For example, a fourth tool can be an adhesive device (hereinafter also referred to as a glueing tool) for the local, targeted application of adhesive for the mechanical connection of the functional fiber sections of a functional fiber to be laid down and / or inserted later ( ff ) with the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) Act.

For example, a fifth tool can be a milling device (hereinafter also referred to as a milling tool) for local, targeted machining of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and the workpiece edges. With such a tool, a proposed 3D printing device can also produce said grooves.

For example, a sixth tool can be a suction device (hereinafter also referred to as a vacuum tool) for the local, targeted removal of powder and dust from the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), especially from grooves in the workpiece ( wst ) act in selective laser sintering. With such a tool, a proposed 3D printing device can also clean the said grooves from non-melted powder during selective laser sintering, so that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) can insert into the cleared groove.

In a fifth special variant of the method, the knotting of the functional fiber ( ff ) with a fiber holding structure the degrees of freedom of Functional fiber ( ff ) on. This fiber holding structure on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) can, for example, be a hook or a post, which is preferably attached to the surface of the workpiece ( wst ) are manufactured. This fiber holding structure can possibly only exist temporarily during the additive manufacturing process and be the result of an additive manufacturing process. Other parts of the workpiece ( wst ) can cover or cover them again, for example, in the further course of the further printing process.

In a fifth special variant of the method, the functional fiber is alternatively sewn to restrict the degree of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) with part of the workpiece ( wst ). A sewing device uses the functional fiber ( ff ) as sewing thread. The functional fiber is then preferably sewn ( ff ) with part of the workpiece ( wst ). The sewing device uses the functional fiber ( ff ) as sewing thread and as upper thread together with another fiber as bobbin thread and / or the functional fiber ( ff ) as a sewing thread and as a bobbin thread together with another fiber as an upper thread. The other fiber can also be a functional fiber ( ff ) being. In one variant of the method, step β.1.a is preferably carried out during or before step β.1, the said provision of a functional fiber ( ff ). Step β.1.a preferably includes heating the radiator ( hk ) to a process temperature (ϑ ₂ ). The radiator ( hk ) from several partial radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) exist, which can then also have different process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b ). This enables the radiator to move in a translatory manner ( hk1 , hk2 ) along the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) that a point on the workpiece surface runs through a temperature curve. This point lies in or, more precisely, directly below the path of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) during said translational feed of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) along a line parallel to the workpiece surface. The positioning of the radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ).

In one variant of the method, step β.3.a is preferably carried out during step β.3. Step β.3 is the step of restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ). During step β.3, a step β.3.a of heating up the first material of the surface is preferably carried out ( of ) of the material in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b ). This warming takes place, for example, through the infrared radiation of the heated radiator ( hk ) or the heated radiator ( hk1 , hk2 ). An alternative method of warming up the first material of the surface ( of ) in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in the warm-up area ( a , b ) is an exemplary heating by electromagnetic radiation. For example, the radiator ( hk ) or one or more of the partial radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) emit and / or transmit this electromagnetic radiation. This electromagnetic radiation can be, for example, laser radiation or microwave radiation or THz radiation or infrared radiation. An optical waveguide can, for example, guide the exemplary laser radiation through an optically transparent heating element as an optical waveguide via an optical path. It is conceivable that the radiator has a duct ( kn ), which together with a, for example, electrically conductive functional fiber ( ff ), for example a carbon fiber, than in the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) functional fiber to be inserted ( ff ) forms a coaxial line. This coaxial line from channel ( kn ) and functional fiber ( ff ) electromagnetic waves can then travel along this coaxial line to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) guide, where these then the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) can heat up and, if necessary, melt. A disadvantage of this method, however, is the low resolution, which is why it is more suitable for the supporting setting of the temperature profile. In any case, the use of an electromagnetic waveguide to bring the electromagnetic radiation to the warm-up area ( a , b ) helpful. These waveguides can be dielectric waveguides, waveguides, microstrip lines, coaxial lines and similar high-frequency lines and / or optical waveguides. In the case of electromagnetic radiation in the infrared, optical or UV range, a proposed 3D printing device can have the usual optical functional elements such as mirrors, linden trees, diaphragms, etc. for guiding the beam. In the case of electromagnetic radiation for warming up the warm-up area ( a .b) it can therefore also be THz radiation, infrared radiation, optically visible light, UV radiation, etc. Infrared radiation is naturally preferred.

An alternative heat transport in the warm-up area ( a , b) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) can be transported by convection from the heated radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) respectively. This heats the air around the radiator ( hk ) on. Is the radiator ( hk ) close enough to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), the heated air flows laterally in the space between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) path. A suitable arrangement and temperature control of further heating elements determines the flow direction of the heated air. A proposed functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) includes then means for directing the convection flow of a fluid, typically air, between the radiator ( hk ) and the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). This results in stable and preferably laminar flow conditions of the heated fluid on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), which stabilizes the work results.

Instead of convection, direct mechanical contact between the heated radiator ( hk ) and the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) the warm-up zone ( a , b) heat up. Experience has shown that this case is more of a theoretical nature, as it typically leads to the build-up of material on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) on the heated radiator ( hk ) comes. Typically this has surface damage ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) result. It is therefore necessary that the surface material then cannot adhere to the radiator.

The elaboration of the invention showed that the functional fiber ( ff ) itself can conduct heat well and therefore heat transport through the functional fiber ( ff ) is possible. This heat transport through the functional fiber ( ff ) plays for the heating of the warm-up area ( a , b ) an important role. One channel ( kn ) in a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), which was used in the development of the invention, led to the functional fiber ( ff ) through this channel ( kn ) in the axis of symmetry of the radiator used ( hk ). It is therefore very useful to heat up the warm-up area ( a , b ) by heat transport by means of a heat conduction device. It is particularly preferable to heat up the warm-up area ( a , b ) by heat transport by means of the functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ), which the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) inserts to exploit. The heat is transported by the radiator ( hk ) via the functional fiber ( ff ) into the material of the warm-up area ( a , b ) the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ).

As already mentioned, a positioning device typically changes the position of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and thus the radiator ( hk ), the part of this functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) is along a curve. The positioning device changes the position along a curve, preferably essentially parallel to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) at a first distance ( f ) to surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) at a first speed ( v1 ) the end. Preferably, a functional fiber feed device moves the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) at this speed v1 towards the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). As a result, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) along a line on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) away. The curve of the movement of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) parallel to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) determines this line. Is the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) opened by milling, through a prepared groove or by melting along this line, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) thereby into the milled groove, the prepared groove and / or the possibly existing melting area ( b ) one and so into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) on.

This initiates the next step β.3. Step β.3 is a process step to restrict the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ). The proposed device preferably carries out a step β.3.b during the execution of step β.3. Step β.3.b concerns a local melting of part of the first material in the warm-up area ( a , b) as step β.3.b. The local melting of the part of the first material in the warm-up area ( a , b) leads to a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b). This is a consequence of the local heating of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in step β.3.a to melted material. The proposed method achieves this in that the method is close to the intended insertion point ( ep ) the functional fiber ( ff ) in the melting area ( b ) the heat transport to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) increases so that the first material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) in part of this warm-up area ( a , b) to the said melting area ( b ) melts. This melting opens the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) thermal for inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) in this example. During and / or after step β.3.a, part of the first material is melted in the warm-up area ( a , b) as step β.3.b to a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b) as a result of the heating in step β.3.a to melted material.

After the thermal opening of the surface ( of ) the execution of step β.2.a during step β.3 and during step β.3.a and / or temporally after step β.3.a and during step β.3.b and / or temporally after step β.3.b. Step β.2.a concerns the insertion of a functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) as step β.2.a in the melting area ( b ). As already described, this is done by advancing the functional fiber ( ff ) in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) by means of a functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ). The proposed device thus places the functional fiber ( ff ) at an insertion point ( ep ) into the melt of the melting area ( b ) on.

After inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) has taken place, a step β.3.c. The execution of step β.3.c takes place during step β.3 and during step β.3.a and / or after step β.3.a and during step β.3.b and / or after step β. 3.b and during and / or after step β.2.a. Step β.3.c relates to the termination of the melting as step β.3.c. A reduction in the energy transport of thermal energy from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and the resulting lowering of the temperature of the melting area ( b ) stop melting. The lowering of the temperature of the melting area ( b ) converts the melting area ( b ) to a solidification area ( c ). First, switching off the energy sources can achieve this reduction in energy transport. In the case of thermal energy, however, the time constant is usually too long. Therefore, it has proven useful to remove the heating element from the surface of the workpiece. Before this, a cutting and separating device typically separates ( av ) the functional fiber ( ff ) through.

By reducing the supply of heat energy, a step β.2.b and a step β.3.d are carried out during step β.3 and during and / or temporally after step β.3.a and during and / or temporally afterwards Step β.3.b and during and / or after step β.3.c and / or after step β.2.a. Step β.3.d concerns the solidification of the melted material of the melt in the melted area with the inserted functional fiber ( ff ) as step β.3.d to solidify material in a solidification area ( c ) the surface of the workpiece. The complete solidification creates a solidified area of solidification ( d ), in which the relevant functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) is fully or partially inserted as step β.2.b. For the purposes of this document, the solidification area ( c ) for better understanding, typically in contrast to and in contrast to the hardening area ( d ) not yet completely solidified.

This creates a composite material on the surface. This composite material shows modified mechanical, thermal, electrical and possibly also magnetic or other modified physical properties compared to the state without the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) or the functional fibers. In the case of a cross-sectional examination of the composite material, as a result of the 3D printing method for its production, the composite material shows at least one first layer made of a first material of a first printing layer and at least one second layer of the first material of a second printing layer. The second pressure layer followed the first pressure layer when the composite material was printed. Even with good printing processes, the first layer usually has a layer boundary opposite the second layer. The first layer and the second layer are in direct contact with one another at this layer boundary. If one of the methods described above has now been used, the composite material has a solidification area ( d ), which is due to the melting of the first material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece during the 3D printing process presented here. Typically the consolidation area includes ( d ) at least the first layer and the second layer, since the melting area ( b ) typically deeper than the layer thickness of a print layer. Since the melting of the melting area ( b ) destroyed the layer boundary, the later formed solidification area ( d ) as a feature of such a melting, no layer boundary between the first layer and the second layer in the area of the solidification area ( d ) more when the melting was complete. For the purposes of this document, a significant weakening of the visibility of the layer boundary in the solidification area is already a feature of such a disappearance, that is to say a feature of the absence of the layer boundary. Another indication of a composite material that is the result of one of the processes presented here is that the solidification area (de) contains an inserted functional fiber ( ff ) having.

Since such a 3D printing process typically involves a workpiece ( wst ), then the composite material of such a workpiece ( wst ) then the characteristics of such a composite material, which have been explained above.

The device for three-dimensional printing assigned to the above method thus has first means in the form of a first group of sub-devices for carrying out a basic method of layered additive manufacturing and second means in the form of a second group of sub-devices for carrying out a selective heat sintering process or one of a selective heat melting process. While the first means the first material of the workpiece ( wst ) deposit, i.e. form the actual workpiece body, the second means melt the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and place the functional fiber ( ff ) into the resulting melt. The second means include, for example, a positioning device and the heating elements, (hk1, hk2), which are used for local melting of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) are provided. «« <

The second means include, for example, a positioning device and, for example, the radiators ( hk , hk1 , hk2 ) for local re-melting of the workpiece surface in the area affected by the heating element ( hk , hk1 , hk2 ) what that Insertion of the functional fibers ( ff ) in the melting area ( b ) allows.

The proposed device is now characterized by the fact that it has third means for this insertion of the functional bevels ( ff ) during the aforementioned sintering or melting process by means of the second group of sub-devices, for example by means of the heater ( hk , hk1 , hk2 ) includes. As in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) these third means can include the second means. These third means can be used as in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) also be equal to the second means. Due to the different procedures, the basic procedure and the procedure for inserting the functional fibers ( ff ), the first means thus differ at least partially from the second means. For the same reason, the first means typically differ at least partially from the third means. As already mentioned, the third means preferably comprise a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) with the functional fiber feed device, the cutting and separating device ( av ) and the radiator ( hk ) or the radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ). The functional fiber insertion device preferably has ( ft ) via sensors for monitoring the functional fiber ( ff ) during the fiber insertion process. A first sensor preferably detects the presence of the functional fiber ( ff ) in front of the functional fiber feed device. A second sensor preferably includes the presence of the functional fiber ( ff ) between the functional fiber feed device and the cutting and separating device ( av ). A third sensor preferably detects the presence of the functional fiber ( ff ) in a channel ( kn ) of the radiator ( hk ) between the insertion point of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt of the melting area ( b ) and the cutting and separating device ( av ). In the simplest case, the three sensors are light barriers, part of the optical path preferably being designed as an optical waveguide. The presence of the functional fiber ( ff ) interrupts or weakens the light in the beam path of the light barrier at the corresponding point. A controller of the device, for example a computing and control system, can use appropriate sensors to record and evaluate this interruption by measurement. The control of the device can then reactivate the device in the event of a malfunction, for example the unexpected lack of the functional fiber ( ff ) at one of the points in the functional fiber transport section in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) stop immediately. A temperature measuring device preferably records a temperature value for the temperature of the radiator ( hk ). The controller regulates the heating energy by means of a controller depending on the recorded temperature measurement value for the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) so that the radiator ( hk ) sets a target temperature.

The basic process of additive manufacturing can be, for example, a fused deposition modeling (FDM) process, the first means being means for carrying out a fused deposition modeling (FDM) process and where these means can include, for example, an extruder for extruding a filament .

The basic process of additive manufacturing can be, for example, a process of selective sintering and / or selective melting, the first means being means for carrying out a process of selective sintering and / or selective melting, and these means being, for example, a device for selective laser sintering (SLS). For example, it can be a powder handling device that typically includes a doctor blade ( rk ), a powder storage container, a powder waste container and a lowerable workpiece platform as well as a process chamber ( pk ) includes.

In general, the basic process of additive manufacturing can comprise one of the following processes or one of the following processes or a process derived therefrom: Stereolithography ( SL ), Selective Laser Sintering (LS), Selective Laser Melting (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, also: Laser Beam Melting = LBM), Selective Electron Ions or Particle Beam Melting (Electron Beam Melting = EBM), Fused Layer Modeling / Manufacturing ( FLM or also Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)), Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM), Poly-Jet Modeling (PJM), 3-D printing (3DP, also Binder Jetting), Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM), Digital Light Processing (DLP), thermal transfer sintering (TTS), metal laminated tooling (MELATO), continuous liquid interface production (CLIP), selective heat sintering (SHS), laser deposition welding (LMD), wax deposition modeling (WDM), contour crafting, cold gas spraying or Metal powder application process (MPA), lithography-based ceramic manufacturing (LCM), 3D screen printing, 3D inkjet printing, 3D inkjet printing of optical elements, light-controlled electrophoretic deposition, shaping-debinding-sintering (SDS), bound metal deposition ( BMD), procedure to r Production of metallic or ceramic green bodies using fused deposition modeling / fused layer modeling or material extrusion, two-photon lithography, Arburg plastic freeforming, screw extrusion additive manufacturing (SEAM). The first means here are means for carrying out the relevant basic procedure of the basic procedures listed above.

In relation to Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), this document suggests one here Device for three-dimensional printing by means of selective sintering and / or melting. The device for three-dimensional printing by means of selective sintering and / or melting preferably has a first group of sub-devices for carrying out a selective laser sintering process and / or a selective laser melting process. Furthermore, the device for three-dimensional printing by means of selective sintering and / or melting preferably has a second group of sub-devices for carrying out a selective heat sintering process or a selective heat melting process, whereby it differs from the prior art Technology distinguishes that it is a part device, a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), for inserting functional bevels ( ff ) during a sintering or melting process.

These devices, materials and processes include a functional fiber ( ff ), which is characterized in that it is intended for use in one of the methods described above and / or that it is a functional fiber ( ff ) is intended for use in the composite material described above or is part of this composite material and / or that it is a functional fiber ( ff ) is for use in one of the devices described above.

For better embedding in the melt of the melting area ( b ) the functional fiber ( ff ) a plain ( SL ) as a coating. The simple ( SL ) the functional fiber ( ff ) preferably forms during an insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) to the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) at least in some areas of this surface ( of ) a meniscus (mi) with a contact angle (x) that is smaller than 90 °. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) lays the functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst ) in an additive manufacturing process. Due to the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ), especially due to the wetting properties of the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ), preferably forms the melt of the material of a surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) during an insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) in this surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to the material of the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) at least in some areas of this surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) forms a meniscus (mi) with a contact angle (x) which is smaller than 90 °. The basic idea of the invention is thus, in contrast to the methods from the prior art, the deposition of the functional fiber ( ff ) to be completely separated from the deposition and sintering of the powder material. In a variant of the process, the process is a so-called selective thermal transfer sintering process (TTS) (English: Selective Heat Sintering Process (SHS)), in which the device selectively wholly or partially locally a not yet sintered powder melts and the functional fiber ( ff ) into the powder melt. The positioning device moves the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) at a predetermined speed over the powder surface, which here is the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) represents. It heats the powder surface until the powder completely or partially melts. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) continues with the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) continued. After the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) into the fully or partially melted melt of the melting area ( b ) and after the positioning device has inserted the functional fiber insertion device ( ff ) has moved on and they are no longer sufficiently solidified by the radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) heated and melted powder surface areas (melting area ( b )) again. These now solidifying and previously heated and melted powder surface areas (melting area ( b )) during this solidification, the already inserted functional fiber sections of the functional fiber ( ff ).

The proposed device uses the method preferably in powder layers. In principle, a first process sequence and a second process sequence can take place when the basic process steps interact when the method is used in selective laser sintering.

1. 1. nächste Pulverschicht (pw) auftragen,
2. 2. Ausführen eines selektiven Laser-Sinterschritts oder eines anderen funktionsäquivalenten Sinterschritts,
3. 3. Ausführen des lokalen Einlegens der Funktionsfasern (ff) für diese Pulverschicht (pw) als auch die zweite Prozessfolge

1. 1. nächste Pulverschicht (pw) auftragen,
2. 2. Ausführen des lokalen Einlegens der Funktionsfasern (ff) für diese Pulverschicht (pw) als Thermo-Transfer-Sinter-Schritt (Englisch: Selective-Heat-Sintering-Step) für diese Pulverschicht,
3. 3. Ausführen eines selektiven Laser-Sinterschritts oder eines anderen funktionsäquivalenten Sinterschritts

ausführen. Wobei diese Schrift hier nicht ausdrücklich ausgesagt, dass die vorschlagsgemäße 3D-Druckanlage unbedingt die Fähigkeit besitzen muss, beide Prozessfolgen ausführen zu können.The proposed 3D printing device can thus both the first process step sequence

1. 1st next powder layer ( pw ) Instruct,
2. 2. Carrying out a selective laser sintering step or another functionally equivalent sintering step,
3. 3. Executing the local insertion of the functional fibers ( ff ) for this powder layer ( pw ) as well as the second process sequence

1. 1st next powder layer ( pw ) Instruct,
2. 2. Executing the local insertion of the functional fibers ( ff ) for this powder layer ( pw ) as a thermal transfer sintering step (English: Selective-Heat-Sintering-Step) for this powder layer,
3. 3. Carrying out a selective laser sintering step or another functionally equivalent sintering step

To run. However, this text does not expressly state here that the proposed 3D printing system must absolutely be able to carry out both process sequences.

Since the insertion of the functional fibers ( ff ) by melting the powder or the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) takes place, the process in the sense of this document can also be used in the case of melting of the not yet melted powder ( pw ) be a modification of Thermo-Transfer-Sintering (TTS) (English: Selective-Heat-Sinterings (SHS)). With regard to the order of the terminology, this document refers to the standard, VDI 3405, Additive Manufacturing Processes: Basics, Terms, Process Descriptions, Berlin (2014).

1. 1. nächste Pulverschicht (pw) auftragen;
2. 2. Ausführen des lokalen Einlegens der Funktionsfasern (ff) für diese Pulverschicht (pw) als Thermo-Transfer-Sinter-Schritt (Selective-Heat-Sintering-Step) für diese Pulverschicht (pw);

The core of the process then comprises the two main steps

1. 1st next powder layer ( pw ) Instruct;
2. 2. Executing the local insertion of the functional fibers ( ff ) for this powder layer ( pw ) as a thermal transfer sintering step (selective heat sintering step) for this powder layer ( pw );

The proposed device preferably performs the process in a temperature-controlled and possibly atmosphere-controlled process chamber ( pk ) through. The experimental validation of the concept according to the invention has shown that in simple cases a pre-temperature control of the powder bed with the powder ( pw ) through a heat spreader ( wv ) is sufficient.

A device, for example a robot, can also use the method after production has already taken place, in particular after additive production of the workpiece ( wst ), on the surface ( of ) of the workpieces ( wst ) apply. This has the advantage that functional fibers ( ff ) is possible whose position is not coplanar to the position of the former powder layers ( pw ) or the location of extruded layers within the manufactured workpiece ( wst ) is.

1. 1. Herstellen des Werkstücks (wst) mittels eines additiven Fertigungsverfahrens, wobei es sich dabei auch um ein Verfahren, wie zuvor beschrieben, handeln kann, bei dem beispielsweise Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtungen (ft) bereits Funktionsfasern (ff) längs der Ebenen der additiven Fertigungsschichten eingelegt haben können.
2. 2. Lokales Aufschmelzen der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) und Einlegen einer oder mehrerer Funktionsfasern (ff) in den so aufgeschmolzenen Bereich - den Aufschmelzbereich (b)- . Dabei weicht der Richtungsvektor zumindest einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in zumindest einem Funktionsfaserteilabschnitt von den Ebenen der additiven Fertigungsschichten aus der Herstellung des Werkstücks vorzugsweise ab.
3. 3. Anschließendes Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen Bereiches der Werkstückoberfläche in einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d).

A process for making such a workpiece ( wst ) then roughly has the following process step sequence:

1. 1. Manufacture of the workpiece ( wst ) by means of an additive manufacturing process, which can also be a process, as described above, in which, for example, functional fiber insertion devices ( ft ) already functional fibers ( ff ) along the planes of the additive manufacturing layers.
2. 2.Local melting of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and inserting one or more functional fibers ( ff ) into the melted area - the melted area ( b ) -. The direction vector gives way to at least one functional fiber ( ff ) in at least one functional fiber section, preferably from the levels of the additive manufacturing layers from the manufacture of the workpiece.
3. 3. Subsequent solidification of the melted area of the workpiece surface in a solidification area ( c ) to a consolidation area ( d ).

The application of further workpiece layers can complement such a process. As a result, the structure is then supplemented by additional layers of selectively deposited material after printing a core skeleton, for example by means of an SLS process and after the functional fibers have been introduced ( ff ), possible. For example, an extruder, which is preferably attached to a multi-axis robot arm so that it can be oriented and positioned by 6 degrees of freedom, can apply such further workpiece layers.

If the functional fiber to be introduced ( ff ) has a certain rigidity, the functional fiber ( ff ) the material of the workpiece ( wst ) or the powder layer as a heat-conducting body with the heat energy of the radiator ( hk ) melt. This can also be done, for example, by using the functional fiber ( ff ) a fiber optic cable for one to heat the powder material ( pw ) is the laser beam used, which the powder material or the workpiece material at the end of the functional fiber ( ff ) melts within the powder material when it is inserted.

To achieve this, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) as a heat conductor for the heating of the powder material ( pw ) necessary heat from a heating device ( hz2 ) to use. The functional fiber ( ff ) then the powder material or the workpiece material melts on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) - here the powder ( pw ) - along the functional fiber ( ff ) within the powder material during insertion.

Other mechanisms, such as the introduction of energy by ultrasound or spark generation, are conceivable. The invention presented here claims these methods and devices as functionally equivalent methods and devices.

1. 1. Zeitweiliges Öffnen der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) und Schaffung einer Werkstücköffnung,
2. 2. Einlegen der Funktionsfaser (ff) in die geschaffene Werkstücköffnung des Werkstücks (wst),
3. 3. Schließen der Werkstücköffnung nach dem Einlegen der Funktionsfaser (ff).

The core of the process idea thus comprises the steps

1. 1. Temporary opening of the interface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and creation of a workpiece opening,
2. 2. Insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the created workpiece opening of the workpiece ( wst ),
3. 3.Close the workpiece opening after inserting the functional fiber ( ff ).

Here, opening means creating a temporary workpiece opening in the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). A workpiece opening can, for example, be filled with molten, first material of the workpiece ( wst ) be filled. The document presented here understands the first material in the case of the selective laser sintering process as the basic process to be the substance itself from which the powder of the layer ( pw ) as workpiece ( wst ) consists. So when material from the first material is mentioned in the following, it is meant that a material, for example a granulate, precisely the first-mentioned material with a shape identification - for example, granulate - is made from precisely this first material as a substance without further shape characterization consists. In the sense of this document, a workpiece opening occurs when the functional fiber ( ff ) in the area that forms the workpiece opening within the first material of the workpiece ( wst ), is movable and the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) can position within the workpiece opening. Such a workpiece opening can, for example, be a groove or a ditch or a depression or a melted area ( b ) being. A fluid can fill the workpiece opening. The fluid can for example be a gas or a melt or an adhesive.

1. a) sowohl einen nicht gesinterteren Pulverschichtbereich bzw. einen noch nicht aufgeschmolzenen Pulverschichtbereich einerseits als auch
2. b) andererseits eine Oberfläche (of) eines bereits gefertigten Werkstücks (wst) oder
3. c) einen Bereich der Pulverschicht, der bereits gesintert oder geschmolzen und wieder verfestigt

wurde, also ein Verfestigungsbereich (d) ist.This document understands the term workpiece ( wst ) context-related, in particular with reference to the selective laser sintering process,

1. a) both a non-sintered powder layer area or a not yet melted powder layer area on the one hand as well
2. b) on the other hand, a surface ( of ) of an already manufactured workpiece ( wst ) or
3. c) an area of the powder layer that has already been sintered or melted and re-solidified

became, i.e. a hardening area ( d ) is.

1. a) thermischen Verfahrensschritten, beispielsweise dem hier vorgestellten, selektivem Aufschmelzen, und/oder
2. b) mit chemischen Schritten, wie der lokal selektiven Synthese von Schichten, und/oder
3. c) mit physikalischen Methoden, wie beispielsweise dem lokal selektiven Lösen in Lösemitteln oder dem Ausfällen aus Lösungen und/oder
4. d) mit adhesiven Methoden, wie beispielsweise Klebungen, und/oder
5. e) Auftragsschweißen und/oder
6. f) Auftragslöten oder dergleichen

ist denkbar.<<<<<A mechanical opening and closing of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) is possible. In this case, for example, a mechanical device, e.g. a milling cutter, a trench or the said groove in the new surface ( of ). For example, a second mechanical device closes this trench or this groove again. The proposed device therefore preferably has several mechanical sub-devices. The computer and / or control system of the proposed device preferably uses a positioning device and a tool changing device ( wwv ) select the tool required for the next process step from the available mechanical devices. The mechanical tools thus bury the functional fiber ( ff ) in this case, so to speak under the new surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( wst ) by mechanical means. A combination of these mechanical steps with

1. a) thermal process steps, for example the selective melting presented here, and / or
2. b) with chemical steps, such as the locally selective synthesis of layers, and / or
3. c) with physical methods, such as, for example, locally selective dissolving in solvents or precipitation from solutions and / or
4. d) with adhesive methods, such as gluing, and / or
5. e) build-up welding and / or
6. f) job soldering or the like

is conceivable. <<<<<

First of all, in the following we describe the basic process for the combination with selective laser sintering (SLS). The combination with other methods is analogous. In this respect, this description is exemplary. The basic process is a selective heat melting (SHM) process. For the purposes of this document, it is possible to consider it as a subset of the set of selective thermal transfer sintering processes (TTS) (English Selective Heat Sintering Process (SHS)).

At this point we refer to the book Schmid, M. (2015b), Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) with Plastics: Technology, Processes and Materials, Hanser, Munich, whose chapter 3 and in particular their images 3a to 3d show the dynamic temperature profile during laser sintering.

The first step in the basic process is to provide a heat spreader ( wv ) with a planar surface ( of ). The heat spreader is, for example, a steel or aluminum plate that is sufficiently smooth and planar on the workpiece side. The task of the heat spreader ( wv ) is the pre-heating of the workpiece surface, here the powder layer ( pw ), on a Temperature below the melting temperature of the first material of the powder layer ( pw ) or the workpiece ( wst ). This has the advantage that only a very small amount of energy is required locally to produce the powder of the powder layer ( pv ) to melt. The side of the heat spreader facing the workpiece ( wv ) (also called the build platform) is the powder side of the heat spreader ( wv ). On the side of the heat spreader opposite the powder side ( wv ) are preferred heating elements, in the following first heating device ( hz1 ) called, mounted or manufactured in the form of meander-shaped heating conductors. A controller supplies the first heating device ( hz1 ) with electrical energy in such a way that a first specifiable process temperature (ϑ ₁ ) is set. The heat spreader ( wv ) is preferred with a temperature sensor ( ts ) Mistake. However, a measuring device can also detect the voltage drop across the heating conductor when the heating current is constant. Due to the typically resulting temperature dependence of the electrical resistance of the heating conductor of the first heating device ( hz1 ) on the actual temperature of the heating conductor and thus indirectly on that of the heat spreader ( wv ) after a suitable calibration. This enables the controller to close the control loop. To control the first process temperature (ϑ ₁ ) of the heat distributor ( wv ) the controller preferably uses one or more of these temperature sensors as a measuring device to record the current temperature (ϑ _wv ) of the heat spreader ( wv ). The controller preferably regulates the electrical heating power for the first heating device (Hz1) and thus the first process temperature (ϑ ₁ ) according to the recorded temperature (ϑ _wv ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) to. The controller is preferably a PID controller or the like.

Alternatively, for example, a pyrometer can measure the surface temperature of the surface ( open ) the shift ( pw ) measure. With the help of infrared heating in the process chamber ( pk ) and a control of the first process temperature (ϑ ₁ ), the controller can then adjust the temperature gradient in the direction of the heat spreader on the surface ( open ) set, control and regulate.

Preferably a squeegee brings ( rk ) a shift ( pw ) made of a first material on the surface ( of ) on. This layer of first material preferably forms a new surface ( open ) parallel to the previous surface ( of ) the end. For the purposes of this disclosure, the first material can also be a material mixture of different materials, which are then encompassed by this term. The first material is preferably a granulate with a suitable melting temperature or a suitable melting temperature range above the first process temperature ( ₁ ) and below a second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ). In the case of a first material mixture as the first material, all partial materials of this first material mixture must have a suitable melting temperature above the first process temperature ( ₁ ) and below the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) in order to ensure process reliability. If the solidification temperature is not the same as the melting temperature, the solidification temperature should be above the first process temperature (ϑ ₁ ) and below the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) in order to ensure process reliability.

As already described above, the proposed 3D printing device can now optionally combine the method with a method for selective sintering. As described, this can be, for example, selective laser sintering (SLS), selective thermal transfer sintering (TTS), selective seapration sintering (SSS), Selective-Inhibition-Sintering (SIS), Selective-Laser-Melting (SLM), Selective-Heat-Melting (SHM), Direct-Metal-Laser-Sintering (DMLS). For example, when combined with a selective laser sintering method, it makes sense to carry out selective laser sintering first. This is then followed in an optional step 2a, the selective sintering of the powdery material, which consists of the first material of the powder layer ( pw ) consists, by means of a method of selective laser sintering to sintered material, which also consists of the first material. When the material to be melted is mentioned in the following, this means that a new melting process preferably re-melts the material that was previously melted and re-solidified, for example by selective laser sintering, preferably again locally and selectively. Such a melting process can, however, also include the still powdery material from the first material of the powder layer ( pw ) locally and selectively melted for the first time.

By applying the powder layer ( pw ) a new surface is created ( open ) that the 3D printing device can now process.

In a third step 3 a positioning device then guides a radiator ( hk ) to the new surface ( open ) approach. A suitable mechanism, for example a two or more dimensional positioning device, brings the radiator ( hk ) a predetermined xy position over the new surface ( open ) at a first distance ( f ). This can be done, for example, by placing the positioning device on the radiator ( hk ) in the correct xy position relative to the heat spreader ( wv ) or that the positioning device moves the radiator ( hk ) closer to the surface ( open ) the shift ( pw ) brings what a Decrease the first distance ( f ) is equivalent to. Bringing up the radiator ( hk ) can only be applied to the surface once when processing the new surface ( open ) respectively. In this case it is favorable if the radiator has only a low heat capacity and is relatively small and if the radiator ( hk ) is made of a thermally highly conductive material, for example copper or diamond. A cooling device preferably cools the radiator ( hk ) simultaneously. This way the heating device (hz) and the cooling device can control the radiator ( hk ) heat up and cool quickly with a high rate of temperature rise and fall, which leads to the creation of locally structured melting areas ( b ) in the first material of the new surface ( open ) permitted. The value-based choice of the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) of the radiator ( hk ) preferably takes place depending on the xy position relative to the new surface ( open ). This value-based choice of the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) of the radiator ( hk ) depending on the xy position relative to the new surface ( open ) then enables, for example, a locally xy-coordinate-dependent modulation of the melting width and possibly also the melting depth of the first material of the new surface ( open ) at the place of melting by the radiator ( hk ).

In a fourth step 4th then the heating of the radiator takes place accordingly ( hk ) to the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby this heating also occurs before or after the heating element is brought up ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) can be done.

The radiator ( hk ) can consist of several partial radiators with different second process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b ). Since the positioning device moves the radiator ( hk ) typically over the surface ( open ) of the workpiece or the powder material of the powder bed at a first speed ( v1 ) moves, this typically results in a temperature profile that represents a surface segment of the new surface ( open ) runs through when the radiator ( hk ) at this first speed ( v1 ) moved over it. Tests have shown that this leads to better results. In this context, this document refers to 24 , which shows the rasterized photo of a test device that successfully tested the fiber embedding process.

By bringing up the radiator ( hk ) can now be done in a fifth step 5 a warm-up of the first material of the new surface ( open ) in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b ) respectively.

• • durch die Absorption der durch den Heizkörper (hk) emittierten Infrarotstrahlung durch den betreffenden Teil der neuen Oberfläche (ofn), der sich nahe dem Heizkörper (hk) befindet, und/oder
• • durch einen Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
• • durch einen lokal begrenzten, direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und neuer Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
• • durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser (ff), vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn) hin und /oder
• • durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Funktionsfaser (ff) als Spezialfall einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn) hin.

The energy transfer from the radiator ( hk ) to the new surface ( open ) can be preferred

• • by the absorption of the radiator ( hk ) infrared radiation emitted by the relevant part of the new surface ( open ), which is close to the radiator ( hk ) is located, and / or
• • by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) and or
• • through a locally limited, direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and new surface ( open ) and or
• • through heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber ( ff ), from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) there and / or
• • through heat transport using a functional fiber ( ff ) as a special case of a heat conduction device from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) there.

A combination of these methods is possible if it is technically and economically feasible.

In a sixth step 6th if this heat transport has the complete or partial melting of part of the first material of the powder layer ( pw ) in the central melting area ( b ) of the warm-up area ( a , b ) result. This heat transport converts the warm-up area ( a , b ) as a result of heating to melted material in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b ) lies.

In this way, the heat transport so far has produced a locally limited melting area ( b ). One idea can now be that the proposed 3D printing device in this way creates many locally limited melting areas ( b ), which then creates a quasi-punctiform mosaic on the new surface ( open ) the shift ( pw ) result.

• • Ein abschließendes Wegführen des Heizkörpers (hk) von der neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
• • eine Absenkung der Temperatur des Heizkörpers (hk) unter die zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂)

können beispielsweise das Beenden des Aufschmelzens hervorrufen. Durch das Beenden des Aufschmelzenz unterschreitet die Temperatur an der neuen Oberfläche (ofn) bevorzugt die Schmelztemperaturen aller Teilmaterialien des ersten Materials der Schicht (pw) und der neuen Oberfläche (ofn). Das Unterschreiten der Schmelztemperatur wandelt somit den jeweiligen Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Erstarrungsbereich (c).The seventh step 7th therefore preferably includes ending the melting.

• • A final removal of the radiator ( hk ) from the new interface ( open ) and or
• • a decrease in the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) below the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ )

can, for example, cause the melting to end. By exiting the Melting falls below the temperature on the new surface ( open ) preferably the melting temperatures of all partial materials of the first material of the layer ( pw ) and the new interface ( open ). Falling below the melting temperature thus converts the respective melting range ( b ) to a solidification area ( c ).

As a result, in an eighth step 8, the melted material consisting of the first material solidifies to solidified material made of the first material in the solidification area ( c ). The complete solidification of the solidification area ( c ) ultimately converts this to a hardening area ( d ). This transformation of the solidification area ( c ) into the solidification area ( d ) ends when the solidification area ( c ) is completely solidified.

In a refinement of the method in the sixth step of melting, the positioning device takes as step 6 a translational displacement of the heating element ( hk ) during the melting of part of the first material of the layer ( pw ) in front. As already described above, this translational shift is preferably carried out at a first speed ( v1 ) parallel to new surface ( open ). As a result of this translational shift, at least part of the melted material typically leaves the warm-up area ( a ) and reaches a solidification area ( c ). This leads to step 6, which turns the solidification of this melted material into solidified material from the first material of the layer ( pw ) in this solidification area ( c ) includes. The complete solidification of the solidification area ( c ), ultimately converts this to the hardening area ( d ).

A further refinement of the process repeats the steps previously carried out in a suitable manner in order to create the following, now new layer of first material of the new powder layer ( pw ) structure. Repeated application and processing of powder layer after powder layer of the first material typically form a suitable continuation of the process. The powder layer consists of the first material, which in turn can consist of partial materials. The method for producing a subsequent layer then comprises additional steps. The method preferably carries out these additional steps after the end of the melting process (step 7th ) through. Step 9 is then preferably the use of the new surface ( open ) as a surface ( of ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) for subsequent steps. The step is then carried out again as step 9 2 or step 2a if applicable. As step 9, the step is then carried out again if necessary 3 . The step is then carried out again as step 9 4th . The step is then carried out again as step 9 5 . The step is then carried out again as step 9 6th . As step 9.1, step 6 is then carried out again, if necessary. As step 9.2, step 6 is then carried out again if necessary. Step 9 is then carried out again 7th . The step is then carried out again as step 9 8th . If necessary, steps 9 to 9.8 are then carried out again as step 9.

Another variant of the method comprises step 9.1.1 of feeding in a functional fiber ( ff ) during step 9.1 and step 9.1.2 of inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melted material in the melting area ( b ) during step 9.1. This supply is preferably carried out through a channel ( kn ) in the radiator ( hk ). Agents can also use the functional fiber ( ff ) the melting area ( b ) and feed them into the melting area ( b ) insert. For example, it is conceivable that the supply via a separate from the radiator ( hk ) guided cannula is carried out in such a way that the functional fiber is inserted into the melt in the melt area at a functionally equivalent insertion point ( b ) he follows. This has the advantage that this separate cannula can be at a different temperature than the heating element ( hk ). This increases the freedom in process design and potentially allows a further increase in the quality of the process result.

Another variant then includes, as step 9.1.3, the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) parallel to step 9.1.1 at a second speed ( v2 ). So that there is no tension in the functional fiber ( ff ) comes, the second speed is ( v2 ) preferably essentially equal to the first speed ( v1 ) during step 9.1.

Essentially the same means that slight fluctuations in speed due to inadequacies in the mechanical structure and the speed control, the embedding of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the first material of the workpiece or into the new surface ( open ) do not prevent.

Preferably the radiator brings ( hk ) the functional fiber ( ff ) to a third process temperature (ϑ ₃ ). This heating can, if necessary, also be carried out by a separate heating element. The 3D printing device can use the functional fiber ( ff ) during the embedding process as a heat conduction device, which brings about the melting process itself and then in the melted material of the layer ( pw ), i.e. the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), sinks. For example, it is conceivable that the functional fiber ( ff ) the first material of the new surface ( open ) or the workpiece ( wst ) with the one through the functional fiber ( ff ) transported heat melts. In that case, the Functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) perpendicular to the new surface ( open ) in the first material. The functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ), which the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) can be introduced into the first material in this way, usually only a short functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ).

After inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into the first material of the layer ( pw ) by melting and subsequent solidification, there is still a mechanical connection between the workpiece ( wst ) (e.g. with FDM printing) or the re-solidified area ( c ) in powder ( pw ) (e.g. with SLS printing) on the one hand and the part of the functional fiber that has not yet been inserted ( ff ) in the channel ( kn ) on the other hand . This mechanical connection must be the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) cut through. The functional fiber insertion device uses ( ft ) preferably a cutting and separating device ( av ), which in response to a signal from the computer or control system of the 3D printing device, the functional fiber ( ff ) severed. For this purpose, a step 9.1 of severing the functional fiber is preferably carried out ( ff ). Cutting through the functional fiber ( ff ) takes place in the form that a part of the functional fiber ( ff ) remains in the now solidified material after step 9. This severing is preferably done by a cutting and separating device ( av ) above the radiator ( hk ). However, a different positioning is expressly possible. The radiator ( hk ) should therefore be as short as possible to avoid the dead space between the cutting and separating device ( av ) on the one hand and insertion point ( ep ) the functional fiber ( ff ) into the first material of the new surface ( open ) on the other hand, to keep it short. Tests have shown that friction between the channel ( kn ) in the radiator ( hk ), which is involved in the transport of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the channel ( kn ) to the insertion point ( ep ) serves, on the one hand and the functional fiber ( ff ) on the other hand occurs. In addition to the cutting and separating mechanism ( av ) there is preferably a transport mechanism in the form of a functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) above the radiator ( hk ), which is the functional fiber ( ff ) with said second speed ( v2 ) in the direction of the insertion point ( ep ) transported. For further consideration, the first length of the distance between the access point of this transport mechanism (the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr )) to the insertion point ( ep ) important. Second, the second length of the already in the consolidation area ( d ) part of the functional fiber ( ff ) important. The functional fiber experiences in the channel ( kn ) a first frictional force. The already melted and solidified powder of the solidification area ( d ) holds the functional fiber ( ff ) in the powder bed with a counteracting second force. If the ratio of the first length divided by the second length exceeds a critical value, the second force after leaving the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) through the end of the functional fiber ( ff ) may no longer be sufficient to compensate for the first frictional force. The radiator ( hk ) then tears the solidification area ( d ) with the functional fiber ( ff ) out of the powder layer. Said severing is preferably a mechanical severing, for example by mechanical cutting or mechanical breaking, or ultrasonic or laser cutting. The said cutting and separating device ( av ) is preferred above the canal ( kn ) arranged. An arrangement below the channel would be even better ( kn ), but this usually fails in terms of space. As a rule, the proposed device places the bottom surface of the radiator radiating infrared ( hk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) as close as possible to the new surface ( open ) the shift ( pw ), i.e. the workpiece ( wst ) in order to achieve maximum heating output. The cutting or cutting device ( av ) separates the functional fiber ( ff ) so that its end can come to rest at the predetermined position after it has been inserted. When determining the cut-off time by a control computer, a computer or control system, the control computer can therefore determine the fiber length of the functional fiber ( ff ) between insertion point ( ep ) and cutting point in the cutting and separating device ( av ) consider. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) then places the one already in the channel ( kn ) part of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melted material of the melting area ( b ) from the first material of the layer ( pw ), i.e. the workpiece ( wst ), on. This is also the end of the functional fiber ( ff ) in this melted material of the melting area ( b ). After solidification is the end of the functional fiber ( ff ) then embedded in the corresponding hardening area ( d ). This restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the solidification area ( d ) protects the functional fiber ( ff ) before being torn out by the squeegee ( rk ) during the squeegee advance when the squeegee ( rk ) the next layer of powder ( pw ) as a new material layer of the workpiece ( wst ) applies.

Preferably at the very end, when the proposed printing device has produced all the layers, for example in SLS printing, a step 10 of removing the first material, which is not a solidified material, takes place. The printing device executes this step 10 preferably after a step 8 and / or after a step 9 and / or after a step 9.1. Since the material for SLS printing is preferably a powdery or granular first material, it typically trickles out of the created material by itself or with mechanical or fluidic support Workpiece, if the workpiece provides and has sufficient and suitable trickle channels.

Preferably an electrical heating current brings the heat spreader ( wv ) to a heat distribution _{temperature (ϑ wv} ), which typically corresponds to the first process temperature (ϑ _1). As a rule, there is a small temperature difference between the heat distribution temperature (ϑ _wv ) and the first process temperature (ϑ ₁ ), which, however, should typically be known and can be compensated.

A proposed device uses the method presented here, as described, preferably together with selective laser sintering (SLS) or FDM printing methods. In the context of this document, the term selective laser sintering (SLS) also includes selective laser melting (SLM). A proposed device preferably uses a method as described above, at least temporarily, together with at least one further, deviating method for producing three-dimensional bodies, in particular for additive manufacturing, in order to produce at least parts of the workpiece in the form of the three-dimensional body.

A structured, selective thermal transfer sintering process (Selective Heat-Sintering Process) or selective heat-melting (SHM) with several radiators is also possible. The radiators act like print heads. Such an extended procedure then operates with a plurality of radiators ( hk1 to hkn). Preferably, a proposed device leads at least temporarily in parallel or in succession to the first with the help of at least one first radiator ( hk1 ) the majority of radiators ( hk1 to hkn) a procedure as described above. Secondly, a proposed device with the help of at least one second heating element ( hk2 ) the majority of radiators ( hk1 to hkn) from the first radiator ( hk1 ) is different, also carry out a method as described above. The first method can be that the first radiator ( hk1 ), differs from the second method that the second radiator ( hk2 ) executes may be different. For example, the first radiator ( hk1 ) a first functional fiber ( ff ) with a first functional fiber type, e.g. a glass fiber, while the second radiator ( hk2 ) a second functional fiber with a second functional fiber type, for example a carbon fiber, is inserted. The first procedure that the first radiator ( hk1 ) can be carried out in the same way as the second method that the second radiator ( hk2 ) executes.

Thermal insulation preferably insulates at least the first heating element (hI1) and the second heating element ( hk2 ) against each other. Thermal insulation preferably insulates all radiators ( hk1 to hkn) against each other thermally.

This allows the computer and control system of the 3D printer to control the radiators independently of one another. For this purpose, they preferably each have their own controller.

The processes presented here can potentially be used as functional fibers ( ff ) use different sub-fixtures and materials. For example, a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a light guide or electromagnetic waveguide as a functional fiber ( ff ) into the melted material from the first material of the layer ( pw ) embed. The subsequent application of the light guide and / or electromagnetic waveguide within the workpiece ( wst ) can include, for example, the optical and / or electromagnetic transmission of data and / or the use as a sensor element and / or the use as another optical and / or electromagnetic functional element. Furthermore, the insertion of functional fibers ( ff ) conceivable to produce fiber composite materials in additive manufacturing or in the steps between the printing of different print layers. For example, it can make sense to use a carbon fiber as a functional fiber ( ff ) or as part of a functional fiber ( ff ) to use. The use of wires as functional fibers ( ff ) which is part of a functional fiber ( ff ) possible. These can include, for example, metal or iron or stainless steel or copper or brass or silver or gold or platinum etc. and alloys.

It is also conceivable that the functional fibers ( ff ) have an in particular micro- or nanoscopic surface structure, such as barbs etc., which improve the anchoring in the material that later solidifies. Of course, the functional fiber ( ff ) also comprise a plastic wire or a plastic strand or the like. A functional fiber ( ff ) a melting or decomposition temperature that is higher than the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) around the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the material of the workpiece. Includes the functional fiber ( ff ) different sub-devices, the functional fiber part of the functional fiber ( ff ) with the lowest melting or decomposition temperature has a melting or decomposition temperature that is higher than the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ). Of course, it is also conceivable that parts of the functional fiber are deliberately changed as a result of the temperature treatment prior to insertion. Then this condition applies to the functional fiber parts that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) should insert in an analogous way. Of course, a strand can be used as a functional fiber ( ff ) or part of a functional fiber ( ff ) Wires same or different materials and wire surface structure. A sheathing, in particular a size for changing the wetting properties of the strand surface, can additionally encase the strand. The functional fiber ( ff ) comprise a shape memory wire, in particular a nition wire. The term wire in the sense of a possible functional fiber ( ff ) is intended in the sense of this document to also include more complicated electrical wire-shaped devices such as coaxial cables. Likewise the functional fiber ( ff ) also include a natural fiber, for example a silk or cotton fiber, or a mineral fiber, for example an asbestos fiber. Further processes and / or devices can use these functional fibers ( ff ) with the previously described versions of the functional fibers ( ff ) to more complex functional fibers ( ff ) combine. The functional fiber ( ff ) comprise a preferably linear fluidic device. Such a linear fluidic device in the sense of this document is, for example, a hose and / or a tube as a special case of a hose and / or a multiple tube with several sub-tubes, which can also include fluidic functional elements such as mixers, heat exchangers, etc. In the context of this document, the term tube also includes hoses that are particularly suitable for the insertion process because of their flexibility.

The functional fiber ( ff ) comprise a flexible electronic circuit. Such a flexible circuit can be, for example, a flexible circuit carrier with very small components (keyword “electronic dust”). For example, it is conceivable that an electrical component, for example a temperature-dependent resistor, which for example has a first connection and a second connection, is located in a hose. For example, a first welded or soldered connection can then electrically and mechanically connect the first connection of the temperature-dependent resistor to a first piece of wire. For example, a second welded or soldered connection can then electrically and mechanically connect the second connection of the temperature-dependent electrical resistor to a second piece of wire. The use of components other than an electrical resistor, for example the use of transistors, diodes, light-emitting diodes, photodiodes, microswitches, sensors, microintegrated circuits, etc., is of course conceivable. A designer will determine the number of wires or conductor paths used on the functional fiber ( ff ) to the respective purpose and the construction of such a flexible Schlatkreis. If necessary, the functional fiber ( ff ) instead of wires, litz wires or similar functionally equivalent electrical connections. This combination of first piece of wire and second piece of wire and electrical component is then preferably introduced and mounted in said hose, which is intended to serve as an exemplary circuit carrier here. The hose with the electrical functional elements inside is then an exemplary functional fiber ( ff ), which have an appropriately dimensioned functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) into the workpiece in the manner described ( wst ) can bring in. Thus, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) in this example the workpiece ( wst ) with a temperature sensor inside the workpiece ( wst ) Mistake. In particular, such an electronic circuit, which is part of a functional fiber ( ff ) is intended that a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) them into a workpiece ( wst ), include an antenna for receiving electrical energy and exchanging data with their environment for their operation. The in the first material of the layer ( pw ) inserted functional fiber ( ff ) can therefore include, for example, an RFID functionality for individual marking of the workpiece. It is conceivable to deposit production data and other data in this RFID system, which is then stored in the later workpiece, and then to read them out when used later. Such data can be, for example, serial numbers, machine parameters, batch numbers of materials, etc. Such an antenna inserted using the method presented here can also supply such an RFID system with electrical energy during later operation. In combination with a reading device, the RFID system can, for example, using sensors of the RFID system that may be present, record and / or store and / or keep physical values of the environment of the RFID system within the workpiece in the specific usage situation and / or to the reading system transmit wirelessly. The challenge when inserting such circuit systems is that the circuit is carried out by the channel ( kn ) must fit and that their overall height is less than the thickness of the melting area ( b ) the shift ( pw ) have to be. The permitted bending radius must also be small in order to allow insertion by a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) to enable. It should therefore preferably be a microsystem.

The minimum bending radius within the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) thus influences the construction of such a microsystem or such a circuit carrier. Is this minimum bending radius within the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) too small, so damage if the bending radius falls below the minimum when inserting the microsystem into the workpiece ( wst ) the microsystem or the circuit carrier. The design of the 3D printing process and the corresponding device should also include this minimum bending radius in general when embedding the other functional fibers ( ff ) into the material of the powder bed or the workpiece ( wst ) consider. In this context we already point out here 20th and a method for increasing the maximum bending radius.

The functional fiber ( ff ) a strand made of the same functional fibers ( ff ) or different functional fibers ( ff ) include. The functional fiber ( ff ) a fabric made of the same functional fibers ( ff ) or different functional fibers (FF). For example, the functional fiber ( ff ) enclose said hose with an electrical circuit, for example in the form of a woven tube made of fiberglass. It is also possible to insert a close-knit or wide-meshed fabric as a functional fiber ( ff ) possible and conceivable if this tissue passes through the canal ( kn ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) fits. The functional fiber ( ff ) can also comprise a sensor element, in particular a strain gauge or an electromagnetic waveguide or an optical waveguide with an optically active section. In the case of the optical waveguide, it can have one or more quantum dots, for example. In the case of quantum dots and / or fluorescent paramagnetic centers in the optical waveguide and / or electromagnetic waveguide, the optical waveguide or electromagnetic waveguide can also have crystals, preferably micro- or nanocrystals with such quantum dots and / or paramagnetic centers. It is particularly favorable if it has one or more diamonds in the form of crystals and if these in particular have one or more NV centers. This enables extremely highly sensitive magnetic field and acceleration measurements. Such an optical waveguide or such an electromagnetic waveguide, which is intended to serve as a functional element, can also comprise further optical functional elements. Such a further optical functional element can be, for example, a doped section in the optical waveguide and / or a digital-optical partial device, in particular a photonic crystal or another electromagnetic filter. For example, such a section of erbium can be doped, for example, for light amplification or for generating non-linear optical effects, etc.

It is particularly beneficial if a functional fiber ( ff ) comprises an actuator, in particular a heating wire or a cooling element or a wire with a memory effect (shape memory wire) or a ferromagnetic wire. These actuators can cause targeted thermal, chemical, optical, mechanical, magnetic and electrostatic effects within the workpiece during later operation.

To create a thermal effect, it makes sense, for example, if the 3D printing device uses a resistance wire as an electrical functional fiber ( ff ) into the workpiece ( wst ) embeds.

To create an optical effect, it is useful, for example, if the 3D printing device uses a fiber optic cable or an electromagnetic wave line or an electrical circuit with a light source, in particular an LED or a laser, as a functional fiber ( ff ) embedded in the workpiece with an optical functional element. It is also conceivable that the 3D device can be installed by means of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a sufficiently small, optical functional element, for example a reflective functional fiber ( ff ) or a functional fiber ( ff ) predetermined color as an optical functional element and thus as an optical functional fiber ( ff ) into the workpiece ( wst ) embeds.

To create an electrostatic effect, it makes sense, for example, for the 3D printing device to be installed using the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) an electrically conductive functional fiber ( ff ) For example a metal wire or a metal strand as an electrostatic functional element in the form of an electrostatic functional fiber ( ff ) embeds. A function of such an electrostatic functional fiber ( ff ) can then be that of an electrostatic electrode, for example.

To create a magnetic effect, it can be useful, for example, if the 3D printing device is operated by means of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a ferromagnetic functional fiber ( ff ) for example a ferromagnetic wire or a ferromagnetic strand as a magnetic functional element in the form of a magnetic functional fiber ( ff ) embedded in the workpiece. The workpiece can then use this magnetic functional fiber ( ff ) as a power source for magnetic forces. In particular, the functional fiber ( ff ) a functional fiber ( ff ) with a permanent magnetic property. The functional fiber ( ff ) comprise a hard magnetic material. The relevant material of the functional fiber ( ff ) can also only adopt such hard magnetic properties in the event of a later magnetization or be provided to adopt such hard magnetic properties. It is also conceivable that the functional fiber ( ff ) comprises a Wiegand wire or a Nitiol wire or a shape memory wire. When using a shape memory wire as a functional fiber ( ff ) it is advantageous if the 3D printing device is the workpiece ( wst ) otherwise at least partially made of mechanically elastic material by means of the additive printing process. It is advantageous if the 3D printing device uses the shape memory wire as a functional fiber ( ff ) into the workpiece. In particular it is It is conceivable that the 3D printing device uses the shape memory wire as a functional fiber ( ff ) using the method presented here or another method for introducing functional fibers ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst ) during additive manufacturing. After completion of the additive manufacturing process and preferably after completion of the manufacture of the workpiece, an activation signal can activate the shape memory wire in the intended use at the intended use location. Such an activation signal can be, for example, a suitable temperature increase of such a shape memory wire. Depending on the type of shape memory wire, the shape memory wire then assumes its predetermined mechanical shape again. The shape memory wire deforms as an inserted functional fiber ( ff ) thereby the material of the workpiece ( ff ) and thus the workpiece ( wst ) itself. As a result, the workpiece ( wst ) its intended end shape. This method is of particular interest for medical implants, which, for example, can spend minimally invasive surgery in predetermined places in the body. It is therefore advantageous if a 3D printing device uses a method presented here to produce medical implants that only unfold in the body.

Both magnetic and electrostatic functional fibers ( ff ) can thus possibly also cause mechanical effects. The same applies if electrical current is electrically conductive functional fibers ( ff ) flows through and possibly generates a magnetic field.

A suitable functional fiber ( ff ) can produce chemical effects, for example. Various start signals, in particular from the computer and / or control system, can initiate chemical effects. For example, parts of the functional fiber ( ff ) and / or the functional fiber ( ff ) as a whole, for example, contact with a workpiece ( wst ) wetting liquid, e.g. an electrolyte. Such a chemical effect can also occur during the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt of the melting area ( b ) occur or be initiated. Is the functional fiber ( ff ) electrically conductive, the application of a voltage between such a functional fiber ( ff ) and an electrolyte, which the workpiece ( wst ) or otherwise in electrical contact with the functional fiber ( ff ) is to provoke an electrochemical reaction. If this document claims embedding here, it expressly includes incomplete embedding, which, for example, allows direct electrical contact between functional fibers ( ff ) and electrolyte.

Of course, the preceding functional fiber types of the functional fibers ( ff ) also only locally limited in certain functional fiber sections of the functional fibers ( ff ) be pronounced without possibly changing the stress.

Such a device for the production of a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing, preferably comprises a heating element ( hk ), a heat spreader ( wv ), a channel ( kn ) and a functional fiber feed device for the functional fiber ( ff ). The heat spreader ( wv ) is preferably provided and suitable for a squeegee feed device by means of the squeegee ( rk ) preferably one layer ( pw ) made of one material on the heat spreader ( wv ) applies. The radiator ( hk ) is preferably provided and suitable for locally selectively applying the material of the layer ( pw ) and / or in combination with a selective sintering process, in particular a selective laser sintering process, the already sintered material of the layer ( pw ) directly or indirectly to a melting area ( b ) to melt. The radiator ( hk ) preferably has a channel ( kn ) on. The functional fiber feed device is preferably suitable and provided for feeding a functional fiber ( ff ) through the canal ( kn ) in the melting area ( a , b ). For example, the functional fiber feed device within the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) two wheels ( ar , pr ) that contain the functional fiber ( ff ) with a mechanical feed in the direction of the workpiece ( wst ) Mistake.

As a result of these processes, which may have been carried out on the device described above, a corresponding workpiece is obtained ( wst ).

This document thus also discloses a device for additive manufacturing by means of selective sintering and / or melting which comprises a first group of sub-devices for carrying out a selective laser sintering process. These typically include the laser and its electronics and power supply, the LASER optics and the associated dynamic beam guidance. Furthermore, the device comprises a second group of sub-devices for carrying out a selective thermal transfer sintering process (TTS) (English: Selective Heat Sintering Process). Here, a heating element (kh), as already described in the previous sections, sinters a powder layer ( pw ) selectively and briefly locally limited to the surface and / or this powder layer melts ( pw ) on. In contrast to the prior art, the device has a partial device for inserting functional bevels ( ff ) during this sintering or melting process. The text of this document refers to this sub-device with the term functional fiber insertion device ( ft ).

In the example presented here, the second group of sub-devices for performing a selective thermal transfer sintering process (TTS) (English: Selective-Heat-Sintering-Process) also includes a part of the sub-device for inserting functional fibers ( ff ), namely the radiator ( hk ), which is now additionally equipped with a channel ( kn ) for the functional fiber ( ff ) is provided. In addition to the devices that are known for selective thermal transfer sintering (TTS) (English: Selective Heat Sintering), the dividing device for inserting functional bevels ( ff ) also via a functional fiber feed device. As described in the previous sections above, this functional fiber feed device includes, for example, the fastening means ( B. ), the drive roller ( ar ), the pressure roller ( pr ) for the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ), the compression spring (df), the typically L-shaped bar (bk) that can be rotated around an axis (AC), the upper functional thread guide (off), the pressure roller ( pr ) for the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ), the lower functional thread guide (uff) and the channel ( kn ), which has a counterpart in the bar (bk). Typically, this device has a temperature-controlled process chamber ( pk ) on.

In the process chamber ( pk ) there are preferably infrared emitters that cover the surface ( open ) of the powder ( pw ) or the workpiece, so that the temperature of the heat spreader ( wv ) is a little lower than the surface temperature ( open ) the powder layer ( pw ). At least essential parts are located in this process chamber ( pk ) a positioning device for this partial device for inserting functional bevels ( ff ). The said sub-device for inserting functional fibers ( ff ) preferably a functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ). For example, a controller can control the process chamber ( pk ) preferably to a process chamber _{temperature (ϑ 4} ), which is preferably below the melting point of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) or the shift ( pv ) lies. The functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ), as already described above, feeds the functional fiber ( ff ) when inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) the end. In contrast, the positioning device positions the sub-device for inserting functional fibers ( ff ) within the process chamber ( pk ). The problem now is that the process chamber temperature (ϑ ₄ ) is usually so high that it is possible to operate inexpensive motors for driving the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) and the positioning device is not possible in the process chamber at the process chamber temperature (ϑ ₄ ). Therefore, the motors of the positioning device and the motors of the functional fiber feed device are preferred ( ar , pr ) outside the process chamber ( pk ) placed. As a rule, only one motor is preferred for the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) and a motor ( M. ) used for the positioning device. The motor for the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) is typically the said motor ( VSM ) for the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface (OF) of the layer ( pw ). The device preferably has mechanical means, in particular shafts and / or splined shafts ( kw1 , kw2 , kw3 ) and, for example, bevel gears ( kz1 until kz4 ) on. These mechanical means are used to transport mechanical energy from the motor or motors ( M. ) the positioning device to the feed device ( SP ) the positioning device and for the transport of mechanical energy from the motor or motors ( VSM ) the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) to the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) itself. A second bevel gear ( kz2 ) and a fourth bevel gear ( kz4 ) and a second splined shaft ( kw2 ) couple the feed device ( SP ) the positioning device preferably mechanically with the motor or motors ( M. ) of the positioning device. Similarly, a first spline shaft ( kw1 ) and a first bevel gear ( kz1 ) and a third bevel gear ( kz3 ) and a third splined shaft ( kw3 ) the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) mechanically with the motor or motors ( VSM ) the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) pair.

EMBEDDING THICK FUNCTIONAL FIBERS

• Schritt 0: (in 53 vorausgesetzt) Herstellen eines Werkstücks (wst) mit einer Oberfläche (of) und/oder Herstellen einer ersten Schicht, insbesondere einer Pulverschicht (pw), und/oder Bereitstellen eines Werkstücks mit einer Oberfläche (of), wobei das Material der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) zumindest abschnittsweise dazu geeignet ist, dass ein Aufschmelzen der Oberfläche (of) dieses Materials in einem Prozesschritt des folgenden Verfahrens möglich ist.
• Schritt 1: selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) bzw. der ersten Schicht, insbesondere der Pulverschicht (pw) (42, 43);
• Schritt 2: Aufbringen einer zweiten Schicht (npw) auf die Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) bzw. die Oberfläche der ersten Schicht, insbesondere auf die Oberfläche der Pulverschicht (pw) (44, 45);
• Schritt 3: selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen der zweiten Schicht (43, 44) mit zumindest teilweisen Einlegen einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze während dieses Aufschmelzens;
• Schritt 4: Aufbringen einer dritten Schicht (npw) auf die Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) ( 49) durch ein Verfahren der additiven Fertigung;
• Schritt 5: selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen der dritten Schicht (50, 51, 52) im Bereich der eingelegten Funktionsfaser (ff), sodass der verfestigte Bereich, also der Verfestigungsbereich (d), des Materials der zweiten Schicht und das verfestigte Materials der dritten Schicht diese Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest teilweise umschließt;

It can happen that thick functional fibers completely embed the functional fiber ( ff ) in one step. In this case, we propose a special procedure here. We describe this procedure ( 53 ) for embedding a thick functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst ), for example the surface of a possibly already sintered powder layer, in the following as an example. The workpiece ( wst ) or the powder layer ( pw ), the designation of which is also “first layer” in this document, typically have a surface ( of ) on. The material on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or the powder layer ( pw ) can not hardened and hardened areas, especially hardened areas ( d ), include. A selective laser sintering process can make the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) So, for example, have already solidified in whole or in part or not at all. An extruder ( extr ) have applied or made the layer. It is conceivable that the surface ( of ) was made in other ways. The surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or the powder layer ( pw ) can therefore also have a structured surface ( of ) and need not necessarily form a flat surface. The proposed method then preferably comprises the steps

• Step 0: (in 53 provided) Manufacture of a workpiece ( wst ) with a surface ( of ) and / or production of a first layer, in particular a powder layer ( pw ), and or Providing a workpiece with a surface ( of ), where the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) is suitable, at least in sections, that melting of the surface ( of ) this material is possible in one process step of the following procedure.
• Step 1: selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or the first layer, especially the powder layer ( pw ) ( 42 , 43 );
• Step 2: applying a second layer ( npw ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or the surface of the first layer, in particular the surface of the powder layer ( pw ) ( 44 , 45 );
• Step 3: selective melting and solidification of the second layer ( 43 , 44 ) with at least partial insertion of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt during this melting;
• Step 4: applying a third layer ( npw ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 49 ) through an additive manufacturing process;
• Step 5: selective melting and solidification of the third layer ( 50 , 51 , 52 ) in the area of the inserted functional fiber ( ff ), so that the hardened area, i.e. the hardened area ( d ), the material of the second layer and the solidified material of the third layer this functional fiber ( ff ) at least partially encloses;

The manufacture of the workpiece ( wst ) preferably includes additive manufacturing processes. Such exemplary additive manufacturing processes are in particular: Stereolithography ( SL ), Laser-Sintering (LS), Selective Laser-Sintering (SLS), Laser-Beam Melting (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, also: Laser Beam Melting = LBM), Electron Beam Melting (EBM), Fused Layer Modeling / Manufacturing (FLM or Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)) Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM), Poly-Jet Modeling (PJM), 3-D printing (3DP, also Binder Jetting), Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM), digital Light Processing (DLP), Thermal Transfer Sintering (TTS), Metal Laminated Tooling (MELATO), Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP), Selective Heat Sintering (SHS), Laser Metal Deposition (LMD), Wax Deposition Modeling (WDM), Contour Crafting, Cold gas spraying or metal powder application process (MPA), lithography-based ceramic manufacturing (LCM), 3D screen printing, 3D inkjet printing, especially optical elements, light-controlled electrophoretic deposition, SDS process (shaping-debinding-sintering), production of metallic green bodies using Fused Deposition Mod elling / fused layer modeling or material extrusion, two-photon lithography, Arburg plastic freeforming, screw extrusion additive manufacturing (SEAM).

Other processes such as injection molding and machining processes can also produce such a workpiece ( wst ) before embedding the functional fiber ( ff ) manufacture. These considerations about the workpiece apply expressly to the workpiece ( wst ) throughout the document.

• Schritt 0: (in 53 vorausgesetzt) Herstellen eines Werkstücks (wst) mit einer Oberfläche (of) und/oder Herstellen einer ersten Schicht, insbesondere einer Pulverschicht (pw) und/oder Bereitstellen eines Werkstücks mit einer Oberfläche (of), wobei das Material der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) zumindest abschnittsweise zu einem Aufschmelzen in dem folgenden Verfahren geeignet ist.
• Schritt 1: selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) oder einer ersten Schicht an der Oberfläche (OF) des Werkstücks (wst) (42, 43);
• Schritt 2: selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks an der Oberfläche des Werkstücks (47, 48) mit zumindest teilweisen Einlegen einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze während des Aufschmelzens;
• Schritt 3: Aufbringen einer weiteren, zweiten Schicht (npw) auf die Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) (49);
• Schritt 4: selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen der zweiten Schicht (50, 51, 52) im Bereich der eingelegten Funktionsfaser (ff), sodass der verfestigte Bereich des Materials der ersten Schicht und das verfestigte Materials des Werkstücks an der Oberfläche des Werkstücks, also der Verfestigungsbereich (d), diese Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest teilweise umschließen. Das Verfahren ist also einen Schritt kürzer.

A simplification of the process is possible if the functional fiber insertion device facilitates the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) together with the selective sintering. Such a method is for example in 54 shown. Now, however, it comprises the steps:

• Step 0: (in 53 provided) Manufacture of a workpiece ( wst ) with a surface ( of ) and / or production of a first layer, in particular a powder layer ( pw ) and / or providing a workpiece with a surface ( of ), where the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) is at least partially suitable for melting in the following process.
• Step 1: selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or a first layer on the surface (OF) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 42 , 43 );
• Step 2: selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece on the surface of the workpiece ( 47 , 48 ) with at least partial insertion of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt during melting;
• Step 3: Applying another, second layer ( npw ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 49 );
• Step 4: selective melting and solidification of the second layer ( 50 , 51 , 52 ) in the area of the inserted functional fiber ( ff ), so that the solidified area of the material of the first layer and the solidified material of the workpiece on the surface of the workpiece, i.e. the solidified area ( d ), this functional fiber ( ff ) at least partially enclose. So the process is one step shorter.

• Schritt 1: selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks an der Oberfläche des Werkstücks (42, 43) mit zumindest teilweisen Einlegen einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze während des Aufschmelzens, sodass der verfestigte Bereich des verfestigten Materials des Werkstücks an der Oberfläche des Werkstücks, also der Verfestigungsbereich (d),diese Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest teilweise umschließt. Dieses Verfahren ist dann aber für die Einbettung dicker Funktionsfasern (ff) nicht mehr geeignet.

A further simplification of the procedure is possible. The procedure then only includes the step:

• Step 1: selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece on the surface of the workpiece ( 42 , 43 ) with at least partial insertion of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt during melting, so that the solidified area of the solidified material of the workpiece on the surface of the workpiece, i.e. the solidification area ( d ), this functional fiber ( ff ) at least partially encloses. However, this method is then suitable for embedding thick functional fibers ( ff ) no longer suitable.

• Die vorschlagsgemäße Vorrichtung unterbricht den selektiven Sinterprozess. Die vorschlagsgemäße Vorrichtung stellt eine Funktionsfaser (ff) bereit. Dann führt die vorschlagsgemäße Vorrichtung das Positionieren der Funktionsfaser (ff) relativ zum Werkstück (wst) aus. Die vorschlagsgemäße Vorrichtung führt durch Einschweißen, Einbetten, Kleben insbesondere in form- oder kraftschlüssiger Form ein Einschränken der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff) durch. Sofern es sich nicht um vorkonfektionierte Funktionsfaserstücke der Funktionsfaser (ff) handelt, trennt die Abschneide- und Trennvorrichtung (av) die Funktionsfaser (ff) und kürzt Funktionsfaser (ff) damit auf einen Funktionsfaserabschnitt mit einer vordefinierten Länge. Die 3D-Druckvorrichtung setzt den selektiven Sinterprozesses anschließend typischerweise fort.

A summary of the method presented here for selective sintering, in particular for selective laser sintering, reads as follows:

• The proposed device interrupts the selective sintering process. The proposed device provides a functional fiber ( ff ) ready. Then the proposed device carries out the positioning of the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst ) the end. The proposed device leads to a restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber by welding, embedding, gluing, in particular in a form-fitting or force-fitting form ( ff ) through. Unless it is a pre-assembled functional fiber piece of the functional fiber ( ff ), the cutting and separating device separates ( av ) the functional fiber ( ff ) and shortens functional fiber ( ff ) thus to a functional fiber section with a predefined length. The 3D printing device then typically continues the selective sintering process.

Restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) can be achieved by at least local melting of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to a melt, the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt and the subsequent restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) by solidifying the melt.

In general, this results in a modified method for Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM), for the installation of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the work piece to be created, in which the 3D printing device interrupts the FDM process as a basic process in a first step. In the example discussed here, we assume that the 3D printing device has a tool changing device ( wwv ) has. The 3D printing device uses the tool changing device ( wwv ) in cooperation with the positioning device of the 3D printing device, the extruder for FDM printing at a first parking position away . The 3D printing device uses the tool changing device ( wwv ) in cooperation with the positioning device of the 3D printing device, instead of the extruder, a functional fiber feed device and is then ready to insert the functional fiber when the heating element ( hk ) has reached a target temperature. For example, the 3D printing device uses this functional fiber feeder to produce the functional fiber ( ff ) ready. The functional fiber feed device can comprise a spool with the functional fiber wound and held ready. A functional fiber feed device in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) preferably moves the functional fiber ( ff ) during the laying process towards the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). The spindle preferably also has a motor. The motor preferably winds during the insertion process and during insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) the functional fiber ( ff ) in a corresponding length from the spool away . This corresponding length in a time segment corresponds to the length of the same time segment by which the functional fiber feed device moves the functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) advances. In some cases it can be useful for the functional fiber feed device to feed the functional fiber ( ff ) can move back a certain length in certain operating states. It makes sense, for example, if the motor of the bobbin then runs backwards to rewind the excess length of the functional fiber ( ff ). A functional fiber tension sensor preferably determines a measured value for the mechanical tension of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the section between the bobbin and the functional fiber feed device. This measured value of the mechanical thread tension preferably influences the control of the motor of the bobbin of the functional fiber ( ff ). For this purpose, a functional fiber tension regulator controls the motor of the functional fiber reel as a function of the measured value of the determined mechanical functional fiber tension. The functional fiber tension regulator regulates the mechanical functional fiber tension in such a way that the functional fiber ( ff ) at a point in the section between the functional fiber bobbin and the functional fiber feed device has a mechanical thread tension that is essentially always approximately the same in terms of value. The mechanical guidance of the functional fiber ( ff ) in a tube on the route between the spool and the functional fiber feed device. The functional fiber insertion device preferably comprises ( ft ) said functional fiber feed device and a channel ( kn ) for mechanical guidance of the functional fiber ( ff ) within the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ). Typically the hose and the channel ( kn ) have the same inner diameter. The hose is, so to speak, an extension of the canal ( kn ) from the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) in the direction of the coil. The difference is that the hose is flexible and so the Positioning of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) opposite the workpiece ( wst ) allows. An essential step of the process is therefore that the control of the 3D printing device, for example with the help of an xyz positioning device, workpiece ( wst ) and functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) can bring into a predetermined position to each other. The positioning of the functional fiber takes place as a procedural step ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst ). The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) then preferably leads to the restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) the end. We have already described various things about this. After restricting the degrees of freedom, a cutting and separating device cuts the functional fiber ( ff ) Cut. Of course, it is also possible to insert the functional fiber ( ff ) with a leftover piece, the length of which corresponds to the distance between the insertion point ( ep ) and separation point of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the cutting and separating device ( away ) corresponds to, still possible after separation. In this respect, the separation can also be carried out while the functional fiber is being inserted ( ff ) into the material of the surface ( of ) respectively. It is important, however, that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a minimum length of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to ensure that the parasitic friction between the wall of the duct ( kn ) on the one hand and functional fiber ( ff ) on the other hand does not prevent the workpiece ( wst ) the remainder of the functional fiber ( ff ) still out of the channel ( kn ) can pull.

After separating and inserting the remainder of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) the positioning device of the proposed 3D printing device preferably moves the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) again from the workpiece ( wst ) path. The 3D printing device sets the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) using the tool changing device ( wwv ) and the positioning device preferably again at the second parking position away . Preferably said exemplary tool changing device changes ( wwv ) Functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) against a tool that performs the basic procedure. In the example discussed at this point in the text, the basic process is an FDM printing process. Therefore the tool changing device changes ( wwv ) prefers the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), as a tool, again against an extruder, as another tool, so that the 3D printing device can then perform FDM printing. To do this, the 3D printing device takes the extruder using the tool changing device ( wwv ) and the positioning device preferably again at the first parking position. The 3D printing device then continues the previously interrupted FDM processes.

• - Unterbrechen des Verfahrens der additiven Fertigung;
• - Bereitstellen einer Funktionsfaser (ff);
• - Positionieren der Funktionsfaser (ff) relativ zum Werkstück (wst);
• - Einschränken der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff);
• - Optionales Trennen der Funktionsfaser
• - Fortsetzen des Verfahrens der additiven Fertigung;

A more general method of additive manufacturing thus comprises the steps:

• - Interrupting the additive manufacturing process;
• - Provision of a functional fiber ( ff );
• - Positioning the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst );
• - Restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff );
• - Optional separation of the functional fiber
• - Continuation of the additive manufacturing process;

An alternative and / or additional possibility to restrict the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) represents the fastening of the functional fiber ( ff ) on or in the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) with other methods. Such an attachment can for example by gluing, in particular using an adhesive, and / or by welding and / or by soldering, in particular with the formation of a eutectic, and / or by melting according to one or more of the methods described above and / or by mechanical fastening, in particular stapling and / or nailing and / or screwing and / or riveting.

The core of the document presented here is therefore a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), also called fiber tool here, in which in a channel ( kn ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the Functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to be led. A motor or another functionally equivalent device, for example the fiber feed device of a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), Functional fiber ( ff ) preferably from a spool, the functional fiber spool, with the functional fiber supply inside or outside the 3D printer. For example, a tube preferably guides the functional fiber ( ff ) the channel ( kn ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) on the workpiece ( wst ) facing away from the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) to. Experience has shown that it makes sense to reduce the frictional forces between functional fibers ( ff ) and channel ( kn ) to minimize. Therefore a straight channel ( kn ) from the side of the feed of the functional fiber ( ff ) to the side of the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the workpiece. Of course, curved channels ( kn ), such as in 20th shown, conceivable. So that a successful insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) at the insertion point ( ep ) for example into the melt of the melting area ( b ) is possible, it makes sense if the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) comprises a functional fiber feed device, which the functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface ( of ) of the workpiece is transported. For example, a drive roller ( ar ) and a pressure roller ( pr ) holding a feather ( fed ) against the drive roller ( ar ) presses, such a functional fiber feed device can be implemented. The drive of the drive roller ( ar ) can be, for example, a suitable stepper motor that is as small as possible. The figures do not show this stepper motor for the sake of simplicity. A drive via a flexible shaft is conceivable, but had not proven itself in the tests. The functional fiber feed device thus ensures the feed of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ). This font suggests for the implementation of a selective thermal transfer printing process (English Selstive Heat Sintering or Selective Heat Melting), for example, the already repeatedly described radiator ( hk ) in front. This radiator ( hk ) preferably has said heating device (hz). A temperature sensor ( ts ) is preferably located in the radiator ( hk ) and / or in its vicinity. Is the temperature sensor ( ts ) in the vicinity of the heating device (hz), a sufficient thermal coupling between the heating device (hz) and the temperature sensor ( ts ) and between radiators ( hk ) and temperature sensor ( ts ) necessary. The heating device (hz) can then switch the radiator ( hk ), with a controller regulating the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) depending on the measured value of the temperature sensor ( ts ) according to a preset value by regulating the electrical heating current of the heating device (hz).

In addition, the proposed functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) preferably via a cutting and separating device ( av ). The cutting and separating device ( av ) preferably has a blade that contains the functional fiber ( ff ) deformed at a predetermined point during the cutting process. This deformation preferentially separates the functional fiber ( ff ). In the case of carbon fiber, the blade has a counterpart in the form of a groove and, if necessary, a functional fiber guide ( ff ). If the blade presses the functional fiber ( ff ) into the groove, the groove restricts the functional fiber in its degrees of freedom during the cutting process. The functional fiber ( ff ) can then not escape the cutting process. In the proposed method for separating the carbon fiber, the blade forces a local bending radius of the carbon fiber at the point of contact between the blade and the carbon fiber in the said groove of the counterpart, which is smaller than the minimum bending radius of the carbon fiber. This leads to breakage of the carbon fiber and thus to a separation of the carbon fiber. Similar and identical separation processes and devices are conceivable for other functional fibers. According to the disclosure of this document, the radiator is preferred ( hk ) suitable and intended to use the material of a surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) in an additive manufacturing process after the deposition of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) and after the formation of this surface ( of ) to melt as a solid surface. According to the technical teaching of this document, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) a functional fiber ( ff ) over the channel ( kn ) by means of the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) respectively. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt of the material of the surface ( of ) into a melting area ( b ) by means of the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) and the channel ( kn ) insert. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) the functional fiber ( ff ) by means of the cutting and separating device ( av ) separate. As already described above, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) preferably a clamping device in the form of a locking plate ( vp ) as a corresponding part to a locking pin (vst) of a tool changing device ( wwv ). The tensioning device is preferably suitable for the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically to a tool carrier of a tool changing device ( wwv ) to couple and / or the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically from the tool carrier of the tool changing device ( wwv ) to decouple again. The tool carrier is connected to the tool changing device ( wwv ) preferably coupled to a positioning device of the 3D printing device. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) preferably comprises a tool setting device ( wav1 , wav2 ), which the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) fixed at the relevant parking position in a predetermined position and in a predetermined orientation. As a result, the clamping device of the tool changing device ( wwv ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) depending on whether you pick it up at the parking position or put it down there. The tool depositing device ( wav1 ) is therefore preferably suitable for the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically at a tool set-down point, i.e. the corresponding parking position, with limited mobility and the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically at this tool set-down point, i.e. the corresponding parking position. The tool carrier of the tool changing device ( wwv ) can be positioned with respect to the workpiece, in particular with at least one degree of freedom, in particular by a control device as a positioning device.

The proposed 3D printing device for additive manufacturing therefore preferably comprises a positioning device ( SP , B. , wv ), Means of performing a basic method of additive Manufacturing, a functional fiber feed, in particular a hose, for a functional fiber ( ff ), a control in the form of a computing and control system and a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber tool). The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) carries out a functional fiber insertion process, as the previous text describes and which is different from the basic process. The positioning device ( SP , B. , wv ) positions the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) relative to the surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) depending on signals from the controller. The functional fiber feed guides the functional fiber ( ff ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber tool) too.

The elaboration of the invention showed that in order to be able to embed the functional fiber well, a functional fiber to be embedded ( ff ) or strand made of functional fibers ( ff ) should have a suitable surface. One possibility is that the functional fiber ( ff ) or the strand made of functional fibers ( ff ) a plain ( SL ) on their surface. This size preferably forms ( SL ) the functional fiber ( ff ) during an insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst ) to the molten material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) at least in some areas of this surface ( of ) a meniscus (mi) with a contact angle ( χ ) the end. This contact angle ( χ ) is preferably less than 90 °. If the method used is not a sizing ( SL ) is used, the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) be so, in particular wetting, that the melt of the material of a surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) during an insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) in this surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to the material of the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) at least in some areas of this surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) a meniscus (mi) with a contact angle ( χ ) that is smaller than 90 °. In this way, the correct angle of use ensures optimal adhesion between the functional fiber ( ff ) and the material of the surface of the workpiece ( wst ) secure.

Features of the invention

The features of the invention summarize these again. Applications of technical teaching can combine the features with one another, provided that these combinations do not cause objective contradictions. In this respect, the dependencies and references presented here only represent particularly preferred, exemplary embodiments.

• Schritt A: Bereitstellen einer Oberfläche (of) eines Materials aus einem ersten Material, insbesondere der Oberfläche eines Werkstücks (wst) und/oder einer Schicht (pw);
• Schritt B: Heizen des Heizkörpers (hk) auf eine zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂), wobei der Heizkörper (hk) aus mehreren Heizkörpern (hk1, hk2) bestehen kann, die dann auch unterschiedliche zweite Prozesstemperaturen (ϑ_2a, ϑ_2b) aufweisen können;
• Schritt C: Aufwärmen des Materials im Bereich des Heizkörpers (hk) in einem Aufwärmbereich (a, b)
  • - durch Infrarotstrahlung des Heizkörpers (hk) und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of) und/oder
  • - durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (of) und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of), und
  • - Verändern der Position des Heizkörpers (hk) längs der Oberfläche (of) in einem ersten Abstand (f) zu Oberfläche (of) mit einer ersten Geschwindigkeit (v1);
• Schritt D: Aufschmelzen eines Teils des Materials im Aufwärmbereich (a,b) in einem Aufschmelzbereich (b) innerhalb des Aufwärmbereiches (a,b) infolge des Aufwärmens in Schritt C zu aufgeschmolzenem Material;
• Schritt E: Einlegen eines Funktionsfaserabschnitts einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in den Aufschmelzbereich (b)
• Schritt F: Beenden des Aufschmelzens durch Verminderung des Energietransports vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of) und durch die daraus resultierende Absenkung der Temperatur des Aufschmelzbereiches (b), wobei diese Absenkung der Temperatur des Aufschmelzbereiches (b) den Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) wandelt;
• Schritt G: Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen Materials zu erstarrten Material im Erstarrungsbereich (c), wobei dieses Erstarren den Erstarrungsbereich (c) zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d) wandelt, in dem der betreffende Funktionsfaserabschnitt der Funktionsfaser (ff) ganz oder teilweise eingelegt ist.

Feature 1: Process for the production of a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing, ( 30th ) comprehensive the steps

• Step A: Providing a Surface ( of ) a material made of a first material, in particular the surface of a workpiece ( wst ) and / or a layer ( pw );
• Step B: heating the radiator ( hk ) to a second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby the radiator ( hk ) from several radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) can exist, which can then also have different second process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b );
• Step C: Warming up the material in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b )
  • - by infrared radiation from the radiator ( hk ) and or
  • - by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and or
  • - through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( of ) and or
  • - through heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ), and
  • - changing the position of the radiator ( hk ) along the surface ( of ) at a first distance ( f ) to surface ( of ) at a first speed ( v1 );
• Step D: Melting part of the material in the warm-up area ( a , b) in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b) as a result of the heating in step C to form molten material;
• Step E: Insertion of a functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) in the melting area ( b )
• Step F: Ending the melting process by reducing the energy transport from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and the resulting lowering of the temperature of the melting area ( b ), whereby this lowering of the temperature of the melting area ( b ) the melting area ( b ) to a solidification area ( c ) converts;
• Step G: solidification of the melted material to solidified material in the solidification area ( c ), whereby this solidification represents the solidification area ( c ) to a consolidation area ( d ), in which the relevant functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) is completely or partially inserted.

• Schritt 1: Bereitstellen eines Wärmeverteilers (wv) mit einer planaren Oberfläche (of);
• Schritt 2: Aufbringen einer Schicht (pw) aus einem Material auf die Oberfläche (of) mit Bildung einer neuen Oberfläche (ofn) parallel zu der Oberfläche (of);
• Schritt 3: Heranführen eines Heizkörpers (hk) an die neue Oberfläche (ofn);
• Schritt 4: Heizen des Heizkörpers (hk) auf eine zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂), wobei das Heizen auch zeitlich vor oder zeitlich nach dem Heranführen des Heizkörpers (hk) an die Oberfläche (of) erfolgen kann und wobei der Heizkörper (hk) aus mehreren Heizkörpern (hk1, hk2) mit unterschiedlichen zweiten Prozesstemperaturen (ϑ_2a, ϑ_2b) bestehen kann;
• Schritt 5: Aufwärmen des Materials im Bereich des Heizkörpers (hk) in einem Aufwärmbereich (a, b)
  • - durch Infrarotstrahlung des Heizkörpers (hk) und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
  • - durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und neuer Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser (ff), vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn);
• Schritt 6: Aufschmelzen eines Teils des Materials im Aufwärmbereich (a, b) in einem Aufschmelzbereich (b) innerhalb des Aufwärmbereiches (a, b) infolge des Aufwärmens in Schritt 5 zu aufgeschmolzenem Material;
• Schritt 7: Beenden des Aufschmelzens
  • - durch abschließendes Wegführen des Heizkörpers (hk) von der neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
  • - durch Absenkung der Temperatur des Heizkörpers (hk) unter die zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂), wobei die Absenkung der Temperatur des Heizkörpers (hk) jeweils den Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) wandelt;
• Schritt 8: Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen Materials zu erstarrten Material im Erstarrungsbereich (c).

Feature 2: procedure ( 31 ) for the production of a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing, comprising the steps

• Step 1: Providing a heat spreader ( wv ) with a planar surface ( of );
• Step 2: applying a layer ( pw ) made of a material on the surface ( of ) with formation of a new surface ( open ) parallel to the surface ( of );
• Step 3: bringing in a radiator ( hk ) to the new surface ( open );
• Step 4: heating the radiator ( hk ) to a second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby the heating also occurs before or after the heating element is brought up ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and where the radiator ( hk ) from several radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) can exist with different second process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b);
• Step 5: warming up the material in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b )
  • - by infrared radiation from the radiator ( hk ) and or
  • - by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) and or
  • - through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and new surface ( open ) and or
  • - through heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber ( ff ), from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open );
• Step 6: melting part of the material in the warm-up area ( a , b ) in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b ) as a result of the warm-up in step 5 to melted material;
• Step 7: finishing the melting
  • - by finally removing the radiator ( hk ) from the new interface ( open ) and or
  • - by lowering the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) below the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby the lowering of the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) the melting area ( b ) to a solidification area ( c ) converts;
• Step 8: solidification of the melted material to solidified material in the solidification area ( c ).

• Schritt 2a: Selektives Sintern oder Aufschmelzen des Materials der Schicht mittels eines Verfahrens des selektiven Sinterns und/oder Aufschmelzen, insbesondere des selektiven Laser-Sinterns und/oder des selektiven Thermo-Transfer-Sinterns (TTS) (Englisch: Selective Heat Sintering), zu gesintertem Material;

Feature 3: procedure ( 32 ) for the production of a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing, according to feature 2 comprehensive the additional step

• Step 2a: Selective sintering or melting of the material of the layer by means of a method of selective sintering and / or melting, in particular selective laser sintering and / or selective thermal transfer sintering (TTS) sintered material;

• Schritt 6: translatorische Verschiebung des Heizkörpers (hk) während des Aufschmelzens eines Teils des Materials oder gesinterten Materials,
  • - wobei diese translatorische Verschiebung mit einer ersten Geschwindigkeit (v1) parallel zu neuen Oberfläche (ofn) erfolgt und
  • - wobei durch diese translatorische Verschiebung zumindest ein Teil des aufgeschmolzenen Materials den Aufwärmbereich (a,b) verlässt und in einen Abkühlbereich mit dem Erstarrungsbereich (c) und dem Verfestigungsbereich (d) gelangt;
• Schritt 6: Erstarren dieses aufgeschmolzenen Materials in dem Erstarrungsbereich (c) zu erstarrten Material in diesem Abkühlbereich, wobei das Erstarren dieses aufgeschmolzenen Materials in dem Erstarrungsbereich (c) den Erstarrungsbereich (c) zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d) wandet.

Feature 4: procedure ( 33 ) according to one or more of the features 2 to 3 comprehensive the additional steps

• Step 6: translational displacement of the radiator ( hk ) during the melting of part of the material or sintered material,
  • - whereby this translational shift with a first speed ( v1 ) parallel to new surface ( open ) takes place and
  • - with this translational shift at least part of the melted material forming the warm-up area ( a , b) leaves and enters a cooling area with the solidification area ( c ) and the consolidation area ( d ) arrives;
• Step 6: solidifying this molten material in the solidification area ( c ) to solidified material in this cooling area, whereby the solidification of this melted material in the solidification area ( c ) the solidification area ( c ) to a consolidation area ( d ) turns.

• Schritt 9: Verwendung der neuen Oberfläche (ofn) als Oberfläche (of) des Wärmeverteilers für zeitlich nachfolgende Schritte;
• Schritt 9: Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 2 und/oder des Schritts 2a;
• Schritt 9: ggf. erneute Durchführung des Schritts 3;
• Schritt 9: Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 4;
• Schritt 9: Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 5;
• Schritt 9: Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 6;
• Schritt 9.1: ggf. Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 6;
• Schritt 9.2: ggf. Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 6;
• Schritt 9: Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 7;
• Schritt 9: Erneute Durchführung des Schritts 8;
• Schritt 9: ggf. Erneute Durchführung der Schritte 9 bis 9.8 und/oder Erneute Durchführung der Schritte 9 bis 9.8 und/oder Erneute Durchführung der Schritte 9 bis 9.8.

Feature 5: procedure ( 34 ) according to one or more of the features 2 to 4th with the additional steps that occur after the end of the melting process (step 7th ) lie:

• Step 9: using the new surface ( open ) as a surface ( of ) the heat spreader for subsequent steps;
• Step 9: Repeat the step 2 and / or of step 2a;
• Step 9: Repeat the step if necessary 3 ;
• Step 9: Repeat the step 4th ;
• Step 9: Repeat the step 5 ;
• Step 9: Repeat the step 6th ;
• Step 9.1: if necessary, repeat step 6;
• Step 9.2: if necessary, repeat step 6;
• Step 9: Repeat the step 7th ;
• Step 9: Repeat the step 8th ;
• Step 9: If necessary, repeat steps 9 to 9.8 and / or repeat steps 9 to 9.8 and / or repeat steps 9 to 9.8.

• Schritt 9.1.1: Zuführen einer Funktionsfaser während Schritt 9.1 und
• Schritt 9.1.2: Einlegen der Funktionsfaser in das aufgeschmolzene Material im Aufschmelzbereich (b) während Schritt 9.1.

Feature 6: procedure ( 35 ) according to one or more of the features 2 to 5 with the steps

• Step 9.1.1: feeding a functional fiber during step 9.1 and
• Step 9.1.2: Insertion of the functional fiber into the melted material in the melted area ( b ) during step 9.1.

• Schritt 9.1.3: Vorschub der Funktionsfaser (ff) zeitlich parallel zu Schritt 9.1.1 mit einer zweiten Geschwindigkeit (v2) während Schritt 9.1,

wobei die zweite Geschwindigkeit (v2) im Wesentlichen gleich der ersten Geschwindigkeit (v1) ist,.Feature 7: procedure ( 35 ) by feature 6th with the step

• Step 9.1.3: Feeding the functional fiber ( ff ) parallel to step 9.1.1 at a second speed ( v2 ) during step 9.1,

where the second speed ( v2 ) essentially equal to the first speed ( v1 ) is,.

• wobei der Heizkörper (hk) die Funktionsfaser (ff) auf eine dritte Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₃) bringt.

Feature 8: Method according to one or more of the features 6th until 7th

• where the radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber ( ff ) brings it to a third process temperature (ϑ _3).

• wobei das Verfahren die Funktionsfaser (ff) als Wärmeleitvorrichtung benutzt.

Feature 9: procedure ( 36 ) according to feature 8

• where the method uses the functional fiber ( ff ) used as a heat conduction device.

• Schritt 9.1: Durchtrennen, insbesondere mechanisches Durchtrennen, der Funktionsfaser in der Form, dass ein in Schritt 9.1.2 in das aufgeschmolzene Material eingelegter Teil der Funktionsfaser in dem nun erstarrten Material verbleibt nach Schritt 9.

Feature 10: procedure ( 37 ) according to one or more of the characteristics 6th until 9 with the step:

• Step 9.1: severing, in particular mechanical severing, the functional fiber in such a way that a part of the functional fiber inserted into the melted material in step 9.1.2 remains in the now solidified material after step 9.

• Schritt 10: Entfernen des Materials, das kein erstarrtes Material ist nach Schritt 8 und/oder nach Schritt 9 und/oder Schritt 9.1.

Feature 11: Method according to one or more of the features 6th until 10 comprehensive the

• Step 10: Remove the material that is not a solidified material after step 8 and / or after step 9 and / or step 9.1.

• - Temperieren der Ist-Temperatur (ϑ_wv) des Wärmeverteilers (wv) auf eine Soll-Wärmeverteilertemperatur (ϑ₁).

Feature 12: Method according to one or more of features 2 to 11, comprising the step

• - Tempering the actual temperature (ϑ _wv ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) to a target heat distribution temperature (ϑ ₁ ).

• - dass das Verfahren zumindest zeitweise ein Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 1 bis 12 zumindest als Teilverfahren verwendet und
• - dass das Verfahren zumindest ein weiteres Verfahren zumindest als Teilverfahren zur Herstellung dreidimensionaler Körper, insbesondere zur additiven Fertigung, verwendet, um Teile des dreidimensionalen Körpers herzustellen, und
• - wobei dieses weitere Verfahren kein Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 1 bis 2 und/oder der Merkmale 4 bis 12 ist.

Feature 13: Method for producing a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing, characterized in that

• - That the method is at least temporarily a method according to one or more of the features 1 until 12th used at least as a partial procedure and
• - That the method uses at least one further method, at least as a partial method for producing three-dimensional bodies, in particular for additive manufacturing, in order to produce parts of the three-dimensional body, and
• - This further process is not a process according to one or more of the features 1 until 2 and / or the features 4th until 12th is.

• - wobei das weitere Verfahren ein Verfahren des selektiven Laser-Sinterns ist und/oder
• - wobei das weitere Verfahren ein Verfahren der Extruder basierenden additiven Fertigung, beispielsweise ein FDM-verfahren, ist.

Feature 14: Procedure according to feature 13

• - wherein the further method is a method of selective laser sintering and / or
• - The further process being a process of extruder-based additive manufacturing, for example an FDM process.

• - wobei das Verfahren eine Mehrzahl von Heizkörpern (hk₁ bis hk_n) verwendet und
• - wobei das Verfahren zumindest zeitweise zeitlich parallel oder zeitlich nacheinander

zum Ersten mit Hilfe mindestens eines ersten Heizkörpers der Mehrzahl von Heizkörpern (hk₁ bis hk_n) ein Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 2 bis 14 zumindest als Teilverfahren durchführt und
zum Zweiten das Verfahren mit Hilfe mindestens eines zweiten Heizkörpers der Mehrzahl von Heizkörpern (hk₁ bis hk_n), der vom ersten Heizkörper verschieden ist, ein Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 2 bis 14 zumindest als Teilverfahren durchführt.Feature 15: Method according to one or more of features 2 to 14th

• - The method using a plurality of radiators (hk ₁ to hk _n ) and
• - The method at least at times in parallel or in succession

first of all, with the aid of at least one first radiator of the plurality of radiators (hk ₁ to hk _n ), a method according to one or more of features 2 to 14th at least as a partial procedure and
secondly, the method with the aid of at least one second heating element of the plurality of heating elements (hk ₁ to hk _n ) which is different from the first heating element, a method according to one or more of features 2 to 14th at least as a partial procedure.

• - wobei zumindest der erste Heizkörper (hk1) und der zweite Heizkörper (hk2) gegeneinander thermisch isoliert sind. Thermisch isoliert bedeutet dabei, dass die Temperatur des ersten Heizkörpers (hk1) die Temperatur des zweiten Heizkörpers (hk2) bevorzugt so wenig beeinflusst, dass dies für das Arbeitsergebnis von untergeordneter Bedeutung ist.

Feature 16: Procedure according to feature 15

• - where at least the first radiator ( hk1 ) and the second radiator ( hk2 ) are thermally insulated from each other. Thermally insulated means that the temperature of the first radiator ( hk1 ) the temperature of the second radiator ( hk2 ) preferably influenced so little that this is of subordinate importance for the work result.

• wobei es sich bei der Funktionsfaser (ff) im Sinne dieser Schrift um eine oder mehrere der folgenden Fasern handeln kann oder wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) eine oder mehrere der folgenden Fasern und/oder Materialien umfassen kann:
  • - einen Lichtwellenleiter,
  • - eine Kohlenstofffaser,
  • - eine Glasfaser,
  • - eine Keramikfaser,
  • - eine Faser umfassend ein metallisches Glas,
  • - einen Draht, insbesondere umfassend Stahl oder Kupfer oder Messing oder Silber oder Gold oder Platin oder Wolfram oder eine Legierung oder umfassend ein anderes Metall,
  • - einen Formgedächtnisdraht, insbesondere einen Nitiol-Draht,
  • - einen Kunststoffdraht,
  • - eine Kunststofffaser,
  • - eine Litze,
  • - ein Gewebeband,
  • - ein Textil,
  • - eine Naturfaser,
  • - eine radioaktive oder radioaktiv markierte Faser oder einen entsprechenden Draht oder eine entsprechende Litze,
  • - ein Formgedächtnisdraht;
  • - eine Röhre oder andere lineare fluidische Vorrichtung,
  • - eine flexible, insbesondere bandförmige elektrische Schaltung,
  • - ein RFID-System,
  • - ein Sensorelement, insbesondere ein Dehnungsmesstreifen,
  • - ein Lichtwellenleiter mit einem optisch aktiven Abschnitt, insbesondere mit einem Quantenpunkt, insbesondere mit einem NV-Zentrum, und/oder insbesondere mit einer Selten-Erden-Dotierung, insbesondere mit einer Erbium-Dotierung
  • - ein Aktor, insbesondere ein Heizdraht oder ein Kühlelement oder ein Draht mit einem Memory-Effekt (Formgedächtnisdraht) oder ein ferromagnetischer Draht,
  • - ein Draht oder eine Litze oder eine Faser mit zumindest lokal ferromagnetischen Eigenschaften,
  • - eine ferromagnetische oder magnetisch markierte Funktionsfaser oder ein entsprechender Draht.

Feature 17: Method according to one or more of features 2 to 16 and according to feature 6th or by feature 1 ,

• where the functional fiber ( ff ) within the meaning of this document can be one or more of the following fibers or where the functional fiber ( ff ) may comprise one or more of the following fibers and / or materials:
  • - a fiber optic cable,
  • - a carbon fiber,
  • - an optical fiber,
  • - a ceramic fiber,
  • - a fiber comprising a metallic glass,
  • - a wire, in particular comprising steel or copper or brass or silver or gold or platinum or tungsten or an alloy or comprising another metal,
  • - a shape memory wire, especially a Nitiol wire,
  • - a plastic wire,
  • - a plastic fiber,
  • - a strand,
  • - a fabric tape,
  • - a textile,
  • - a natural fiber,
  • - a radioactive or radioactively marked fiber or a corresponding wire or strand,
  • - a shape memory wire;
  • - a tube or other linear fluidic device,
  • - a flexible, in particular ribbon-shaped electrical circuit,
  • - an RFID system,
  • - a sensor element, in particular a strain gauge,
  • an optical waveguide with an optically active section, in particular with a quantum dot, in particular with an NV center, and / or in particular with rare earth doping, in particular with erbium doping
  • - an actuator, in particular a heating wire or a cooling element or a wire with a memory effect (shape memory wire) or a ferromagnetic wire,
  • - a wire or a strand or a fiber with at least locally ferromagnetic properties,
  • - a ferromagnetic or magnetically marked functional fiber or a corresponding wire.

• - wobei die Funktionsfaser nach dem Einlegen der Funktionsfaser in das aufgeschmolzene Material im Aufschmelzbereich (b) während Schritt 9.1 oder während Schritt 6 in zumindest einem Bereich eine von Null verschiedene Krümmung mit einer Krümmungsachse aufweist. (Spule).

Feature 18: procedure ( 38 ) according to one or more of features 2 to 17 and according to feature 6th ,

• - the functional fiber after the functional fiber has been inserted into the melted material in the melted area ( b ) during step 9.1 or during step 6th has a curvature other than zero with an axis of curvature in at least one region. (Kitchen sink).

• - wobei das Material der Schicht (pw) einen oder mehrere der folgenden Stoffe umfasst:
• - einen Kunststoff, insbesondere ein Thermoplast,
• - ein Metall,
• - eine Keramik und/oder Material, das sich bei einem Brennvorgang zu Keramik wandelt,
• - Aluminium,
• - ein Glas,
• - Eisen,
• - Kupfer,
• - Gold,
• - Platin,
• - Titan,
• - Vanadium,
• - Neodym,
• - Stahl und/oder Edelstahl,
• - ein Composit-Material,
• - einen Halbleiter,
• - ein radioaktives Material,
• - ein elektrisch leitendes Material,
• - ein optisch transparentes Material,
• - ein farbiges Material,
• - ein ferromagnetisches Material und/oder eine ferromagnetische Materialkomponente,
• - ein in einem Lösungsmittel lösliches Material und/oder eine in einem Lösungsmittel lösliche Materialkomponente, wobei insbesondere das erste Material der Schicht (pw) nicht in dem Lösungsmittel lösbar ist.

Feature 19: Procedure according to one or more of the features 1 up to 18,

• - where the material of the layer ( pw ) contains one or more of the following substances:
• - a plastic, in particular a thermoplastic,
• - a metal,
• - a ceramic and / or material that changes to ceramic during a firing process,
• - aluminum,
• - a glass,
• - iron,
• - copper,
• - Gold,
• - platinum,
• - titanium,
• - vanadium,
• - neodymium,
• - steel and / or stainless steel,
• - a composite material,
• - a semiconductor,
• - a radioactive material,
• - an electrically conductive material,
• - an optically transparent material,
• - a colored material,
• - a ferromagnetic material and / or a ferromagnetic material component,
• - a material soluble in a solvent and / or a material component soluble in a solvent, whereby in particular the first material of the layer ( pw ) is not soluble in the solvent.

• Schritt I: Bereitstellen eines Werkstücks (pw) aus einem ersten Material und einer Oberfläche (ofn);
• Schritt II: Heranführen eines Heizkörpers (hk) an die Oberfläche (ofn);
• Schritt III: Aufwärmen des ersten Materials des Werkstücks (pw) an der Oberfläche (ofn) im Bereich des Heizkörpers (hk) in einem Aufwärmbereich (a, b)
  • - durch elektromagnetische Strahlung, die der Heizkörper (hk) emittiert oder die der Heizkörper transmittiert, und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • - durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks;
• Schritt IV: Aufschmelzen eines Teils des ersten Materials im Aufwärmbereich (a,b) in einem Aufschmelzbereich (b) innerhalb des Aufwärmbereiches (a,b) infolge des Aufwärmens in Schritt III zu aufgeschmolzenem ersten Material;
• Schritt V: Verschiebung des Heizkörpers (hk) während des Aufschmelzens eines Teils des ersten Materials,

• - wobei diese Verschiebung mit einer ersten Geschwindigkeit (v1) parallel zur Kontur der Oberfläche (ofn) erfolgt und
• - wobei insbesondere diese Verschiebung eine Änderung der Position und/oder Orientierung des Heizkörpers unter Ausnutzung von rotatorischen und/oder translatorischen Freiheitsgraden sein kann und
• - Zuführen einer Funktionsfaser (ff) während der translatorischen Verschiebung und
• - Einlegen der Funktionsfaser (ff) in das aufgeschmolzene erste Material im Aufschmelzbereich (b) und
• - wobei durch diese Verschiebung zumindest ein Teil des aufgeschmolzenen ersten Materials mit der eingelegten Funktionsfaser (ff) den Aufwärmbereich (a,b) verlässt und in einen durch Verschiebung entstandenen Abkühlbereich, den Erstarrungsbereich (c), gelangt;

• Schritt VI: Erstarren dieses aufgeschmolzenen ersten Materials in diesem Erstarrungsbereich (c) zu erstarrten ersten Material in diesem durch Verschiebung entstandenen Abkühlbereich, wobei das Erstarren dieses aufgeschmolzenen ersten Materials in diesem Erstarrungsbereich (c) den Erstarrungsbereich (c) zum Verfestigungsbereich (d) wandelt;
• Schritt VII: Beenden des Aufschmelzens, insbesondere
  • - durch Absenkung der Intensität der elektromagnetischen Strahlung, die der Heizkörper (hk) emittiert oder die der Heizkörper transmittiert, und/oder
  • - durch Reduktion des Wärmetransports mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • - durch Beendigung des direkten mechanischen Kontakts zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • - durch Beendigung oder Verminderung des Wärmetransports mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks,
  was jeweils den Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Abkühlbereich, den Erstarrungsbereich (c), wandelt;
• Schritt VIII: Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen ersten Materials zu erstarrten ersten Material im Abkühlbereich, was diesen zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d) wandelt.

Feature 20: procedure ( 39 ) for the modification of a three-dimensional body, in particular for the additive manufacturing of composite materials, comprising the steps

• Step I: Providing a workpiece ( pw ) from a first material and a surface ( open );
• Step II: bringing in a radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open );
• Step III: warming up the first material of the workpiece ( pw ) on the surface ( open ) in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b )
  • - by electromagnetic radiation emitted by the radiator ( hk ) emitted or transmitted by the radiator, and / or
  • - by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • - through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • - through heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece;
• Step IV: Melting part of the first material in the warm-up area ( a , b) in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b) as a result of the heating in step III to form molten first material;
• Step V: moving the radiator ( hk ) during the melting of part of the first material,

• - this shifting at a first speed ( v1 ) parallel to the contour of the surface ( open ) takes place and
• - In particular, this shift can be a change in the position and / or orientation of the heating element using rotational and / or translational degrees of freedom and
• - feeding a functional fiber ( ff ) during the translational shift and
• - Insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melted first material in the melt area ( b ) and
• - whereby by this shift at least part of the melted first material with the inserted functional fiber ( ff ) the warm-up area ( a , b) leaves and enters a cooling area created by displacement, the solidification area ( c ), arrives;

• Step VI: solidification of this melted first material in this solidification area ( c ) to solidified first material in this cooling area created by displacement, whereby the solidification of this melted first material in this solidification area ( c ) the solidification area ( c ) to the consolidation area ( d ) converts;
• Step VII: finishing the melting, in particular
  • - by lowering the intensity of the electromagnetic radiation emitted by the radiator ( hk ) emitted or transmitted by the radiator, and / or
  • - by reducing the heat transport by means of convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • - by ending the direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • - by terminating or reducing the heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece,
  what the melting area ( b ) to a cooling area, the solidification area ( c ), converts;
• Step VIII: solidification of the melted first material to solidified first material in the cooling area, which turns this into a solidification area ( d ) converts.

• Schritt V.I: Vorschub der Funktionsfaser (ff) zeitlich parallel zu Schritt V mit einer zweiten Geschwindigkeit (v2), die im Wesentlichen gleich der ersten Geschwindigkeit (v1) ist, während Schritt V.

Feature 21: procedure ( 40 ) according to feature 20 with the step

• Step VI: Feeding the functional fiber ( ff ) parallel to step V at a second speed ( v2 ), which is essentially equal to the first speed ( v1 ) while step V.

• wobei der Heizkörper (hk) die Funktionsfaser (ff) auf eine dritte Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₃) bringt.

Feature 22: Method according to one or more of features 20 to 21

• where the radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber ( ff ) brings it to a third process temperature (ϑ _3).

• wobei das Verfahren die Funktionsfaser (ff) als Wärmeleitvorrichtung benutzt und
• wobei insbesondere die durch die Funktionsfaser (ff) transportierte Wärmeenergie einen Aufschmelzbereich (b) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) erzeugt.

Feature 23: Procedure according to feature 22

• where the method uses the functional fiber ( ff ) used as a heat conduction device and
• where in particular the functional fibers ( ff ) heat energy transported a melting area ( b ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) generated.

• Schritt V.II: Durchtrennen, insbesondere mechanisches Durchtrennen, der Funktionsfaser (ff) in der Form, dass ein in Schritt V in das aufgeschmolzene erste Material eingelegter Teil der Funktionsfaser (ff), insbesondere ein Funtionsfaserabschnitt der Funktionsfaser (ff), in dem erstarrten ersten Material verbleibt.

Feature 24: procedure ( 41 ) according to one or more of the features 20 to 23 with the step:

• Step V.II: severing, in particular mechanical severing, of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the form that a part of the functional fiber ( ff ), in particular a functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ), remains in the solidified first material.

• - dass Verfahren zumindest zeitweise ein Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 20 bis 24 zumindest als Teilverfahren verwendet und
• - dass das Verfahren zumindest ein weiteres Verfahren zur Herstellung dreidimensionaler Körper, insbesondere zur additiven Fertigung, zumindest als Teilverfahren verwendet, um Teile des Werkstücks (pw) als dreidimensionalen Körper herzustellen, und
• - wobei dieses weitere Verfahren kein Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 20 bis 24 ist.

Feature 25: Method for producing a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing,
characterized by

• - That method at least temporarily uses a method according to one or more of the features 20 to 24, at least as a sub-method
• - that the method uses at least one further method for the production of three-dimensional bodies, in particular for additive manufacturing, at least as a partial method to produce parts of the workpiece ( pw ) as a three-dimensional body, and
• - this further method not being a method according to one or more of features 20 to 24.

• - wobei das weitere Verfahren ein Verfahren des selektiven Laser-Sinterns ist und/oder
• - wobei das weitere Verfahren ein Verfahren der Extruder basierenden additiven Fertigung ist.

Feature 26: Procedure according to feature 25

• - wherein the further method is a method of selective laser sintering and / or
• - The further process being a process of extruder-based additive manufacturing.

• - eine Modifikation des Kohlenstoffs und/oder
• - ein Glas aus einem elektrischen Isolator oder einem Metall oder einer Siliziumverbindung oder einem anderen Halbleiter oder einem Halbmetall und/oder
• - eine polykristalline Modifikation aus einem elektrischen Isolator oder einem Metall oder einer Siliziumverbindung oder einem anderen Halbleiter oder ein Halbmetall und/oder
• - ein Metall, insbesondere Eisen und/oder Kupfer und/oder Messing und/oder Bronze und/oder Silber und/oder Gold und/oder Platin und/oder Wolfram und/oder Titan und/oder Niob und/oder seltene Erden und/oder Uran und/oder Plutonium und/oder Thorium und/oder Germanium und/oder Silizium und/oder Palladium und/oder Indium und/oder eine Legierung oder ein anderes Metall und/oder ein Halbmetall und/oder
• - ein Kunststoff und/oder
• - ein Thermoplast und/oder
• - ein Duroplast und/oder
• - ein faserartiges oder textiles und/oder gewebtes zweites Material und/oder
• - ein ferromagnetisches und/oder permanentmagnetisches zweites Material und/oder
• - ein keramisches zweites Material und/oder ein Vormaterial, dass ein Brennen in ein keramisches Material wandeln kann, und/oder
• - ein radioaktives zweites Material.

Feature 27 Method according to one or more of the features 1 to 26, whereby the functional fiber ( ff ) comprises one or more of the following materials, hereinafter referred to as the second material:

• - a modification of the carbon and / or
• - A glass made of an electrical insulator or a metal or a silicon compound or another semiconductor or a semi-metal and / or
• - A polycrystalline modification of an electrical insulator or a metal or a silicon compound or another semiconductor or a semimetal and / or
• - a metal, in particular iron and / or copper and / or brass and / or bronze and / or silver and / or gold and / or platinum and / or tungsten and / or titanium and / or niobium and / or rare earths and / or Uranium and / or plutonium and / or thorium and / or germanium and / or silicon and / or palladium and / or indium and / or an alloy or another metal and / or a semi-metal and / or
• - a plastic and / or
• - a thermoplastic and / or
• - a thermoset and / or
• - a fibrous or textile and / or woven second material and / or
• - A ferromagnetic and / or permanent magnetic second material and / or
• - A ceramic second material and / or a pre-material that a firing can convert into a ceramic material, and / or
• - a radioactive second material.

• - wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) eine oder mehrere der folgenden Fasertypen umfasst:
  • - eine Kristallfaser, insbesondere Asbest,
  • - eine Keramikfaser,
  • - eine Kohlenstofffaser,
  • - eine Glasfaser, insbesondere einen Lichtwellenleiter,
  • - eine Faser aus metallischem Glas,
  • - einen Draht,
  • - einen Formgedächtnisdraht, insbesondere einen Nitiol-Draht,
  • - eine Kunststoff- und/oder Naturfaser,
  • - eine Litze,
  • - ein Gewebe und/oder Gewebeband,
  • - eine Röhre oder eine andere insbesondere lineare fluidische Vorrichtung,
  • - eine flexible, insbesondere bandförmige, elektrische Schaltung,
  • - ein RFID-System,
  • - ein Sensorelement, insbesondere ein Dehnungsmesstreifen oder ein Lichtwellenleiter mit einem optisch aktiven Abschnitt, insbesondere mit einem Quantenpunkt und/oder insbesondere mit einem NV-Zentrum und/oder insbesondere mit einem anderen paramagnetischen Störstellenzentrum und/oder insbesondere mit einer Selten-Erden-Dotierung, insbesondere mit einer Erbium-Dotierung,
  • - ein Aktor, insbesondere einen Heizdraht oder ein Kühlelement oder ein Draht mit einem Memory-Effekt (Formgedächtnisdraht) oder ein ferromagnetischer Draht,
  • - ein Draht oder eine Litze oder eine Faser oder ein Gewebe mit zumindest lokal ferromagnetischen und/oder permanentmagnetischen Eigenschaften,
  • - eine flexible Schaltung mit elektronischen Bauelementen, insbesondere in Form einer schmalen bandförmigen flexiblen Schaltung,
• - wobei der Biegeradius und die Höhe und die Breite der Funktionsfaser (ff) klein genug für einen Transport durch den Kanal (kn) einer Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) sind und
• - wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) ggf. für das Einlegen in die Schmelze eines Aufschmelzbereichs (b) oder eine sonstige Einschränkung der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff) - beispielsweise durch Klebung -geeignet ist.

Feature 28: Method according to one or more of the features 1 up to 27,

• - where the functional fiber ( ff ) comprises one or more of the following fiber types:
  • - a crystal fiber, especially asbestos,
  • - a ceramic fiber,
  • - a carbon fiber,
  • - a glass fiber, in particular an optical waveguide,
  • - a fiber made of metallic glass,
  • - a wire,
  • - a shape memory wire, especially a Nitiol wire,
  • - a plastic and / or natural fiber,
  • - a strand,
  • - a fabric and / or fabric tape,
  • - a tube or another particularly linear fluidic device,
  • - a flexible, in particular ribbon-shaped, electrical circuit,
  • - an RFID system,
  • a sensor element, in particular a strain gauge or an optical waveguide with an optically active section, in particular with a quantum dot and / or in particular with an NV center and / or in particular with a different paramagnetic impurity center and / or in particular with a rare earth doping, in particular with an erbium doping,
  • - an actuator, in particular a heating wire or a cooling element or a wire with a memory effect (shape memory wire) or a ferromagnetic wire,
  • - a wire or a strand or a fiber or a fabric with at least locally ferromagnetic and / or permanent magnetic properties,
  • - a flexible circuit with electronic components, in particular in the form of a narrow band-shaped flexible circuit,
• - where the bending radius and the height and width of the functional fiber ( ff ) small enough to be transported through the canal ( kn ) a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) are and
• - where the functional fiber ( ff ) if necessary for insertion into the melt of a melting area ( b ) or any other restriction of the degree of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) - for example by gluing - is suitable.

• - wobei zumindest ein Teil der Funktionsfaser (ff) nach dem Einlegen ein elektrisches Bauelement, insbesondere eine elektromagnetisch wirksame Vorrichtung, insbesondere eine Spule und/oder Antenne, darstellt.

Feature 29: Method according to one or more of the features 1 up to 28,

• - where at least part of the functional fiber ( ff ) after insertion represents an electrical component, in particular an electromagnetically effective device, in particular a coil and / or antenna.

• - wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) oder zumindest der Teil der Funktionsfaser (ff), der eingelegt werden soll, eine Schmelz- oder Zersetzungs- oder Beschädigungstemperatur hat, die oberhalb der zweiten Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂) liegt.

Feature 30. The method according to one or more of claims 1 to 29,

• - where the functional fiber ( ff ) or at least the part of the functional fiber ( ff ) that is to be inserted has a melting or decomposition or damage temperature that is above the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ).

• - wobei das Material des Werkstücks (wst), insbesondere einer Pulverschicht (pw), und/oder der Schicht (pw) eines oder mehrere der folgenden Stoffe umfasst:
• - Kunststoff, insbesondere Thermoplaste,
• - Metall,
• - Aluminium,
• - ein Glas,
• - Eisen,
• - ein Composit-Material,
• - ein Halbleiter-Material,
• - ein ferromagnetisches Material und/oder eine ferromagnetische Materialkomponente,
• - ein in einem Lösungsmittel lösliches Material und/oder eine ein in einem Lösungsmittel lösliche Materialkomponente.

Feature 31: Method according to one or more of features 20 to 30

• - where the material of the workpiece ( wst ), especially a powder layer ( pw ), and / or the layer ( pw ) contains one or more of the following substances:
• - plastic, especially thermoplastics,
• - metal,
• - aluminum,
• - a glass,
• - iron,
• - a composite material,
• - a semiconductor material,
• - a ferromagnetic material and / or a ferromagnetic material component,
• a material soluble in a solvent and / or a material component soluble in a solvent.

• - wobei der Heizkörper (dhk) für elektromagnetische Heizstrahlung, insbesondere die Heizstrahlung eines Laser-Strahls (LLB1, LB2) transparent ist und/oder
• - wobei der Heizkörper (dhk) für optische Heizstrahlung, insbesondere die Heizstrahlung eines Laser-Strahls (LLB1, LB2) transparent ist und/oder
• - wobei der Heizkörper (dhk) für elektromagnetische Heizstrahlung, insbesondere die Heizstrahlung eines Mikrowellensenders transparent ist.

Feature 32: radiator ( dhk ) ( 19th ) for a device for additive manufacturing

• - where the radiator ( dhk ) for electromagnetic heating radiation, in particular the heating radiation of a laser beam (LLB1, LB2 ) is transparent and / or
• - where the radiator ( dhk ) for optical heating radiation, in particular the heating radiation of a laser beam (LLB1, LB2 ) is transparent and / or
• - where the radiator ( dhk ) is transparent for electromagnetic heating radiation, in particular the heating radiation of a microwave transmitter.

• - wobei in das Material des Heizkörpers (dhk) ein Temperatursensor (ts) integriert ist und

wobei der Temperatursensor eine oder mehr dotierte Strukturen innerhalb eines Materials des Heizkörpers umfassen kann und/oder
wobei der Temperatursensor eine oder mehr elektrisch leitfähige Strukturen innerhalb eines elektrisch isolierenden Materials des Heizkörpers umfassen kann.Feature 33: radiator ( dhk ) ( 16 ) for a device for additive manufacturing

• - where in the material of the radiator ( dhk ) a temperature sensor ( ts ) is integrated and

wherein the temperature sensor can comprise one or more doped structures within a material of the heating body and / or
wherein the temperature sensor can comprise one or more electrically conductive structures within an electrically insulating material of the heating body.

• - wobei in das Material des Heizkörpers (dhk) ein Aktor, insbesondere ein Heizer (hz2), integriert ist.

Feature 34: radiator ( dhk ) ( 16-18 ) for a device for additive manufacturing

• - where in the material of the radiator ( dhk ) an actuator, especially a heater ( hz2 ) is integrated.

• - wobei das Material des Heizkörpers (dhk) Diamant umfasst.

Feature 35: radiator ( dhk ) ( 17-18 ) for a device for additive manufacturing, in particular according to feature 32 and / or 33 and / or 34,

• - where the material of the radiator ( dhk ) Includes diamond.

• - wobei der Heizkörper (dhk) einen durchgängigen Kanal (kn) aufweist und
• - wobei der Heizkörper (dhk) ein drittes Material aufweist, das diesen Kanal (kn) längs eines Hohlzylinders des Kanals (kn) umschließt und
• - wobei der Heizkörper (hk) zwei gegenüberliegende Öffnungen (o1, o2) in seinem dritten Material aufweist, die den Anfang und das Ende des Kanals (kn) bilden, und
• - wobei dann ein zweites Material, insbesondere in Form einer Funktionsfaser (ff), in diesen Kanal (kn) durch die erste Öffnung (o1) in dem ersten Material eingeführt werden kann und aus dem Kanal (kn) über die zweite Öffnung (o2) in dem dritten Material entnommen werden kann und
• - wobei das dritte Material bei Betriebstemperatur zumindest teilweise elektrisch isolierend ist und
• - wobei das dritte Material thermisch leitfähig ist und
• - wobei das dritte Material bei Betriebstemperatur lokal in ersten Bereichen des dritten Materials durch lokale Modifikation elektrisch leitfähig ist oder lokal in ersten Bereichen des dritten Materials in ein drittes elektrisch leitfähiges Material durch lokale Modifikation gewandelt ist und
• - wobei das zweite Material auf oder in dem Werkstück (wst), insbesondere auf oder in einer Pulverschicht (pw), deponiert wird.

Feature 36: radiator ( dhk ) ( 16-18 ) for a device for additive manufacturing

• - where the radiator ( dhk ) a continuous channel ( kn ) and
• - where the radiator ( dhk ) has a third material that makes this channel ( kn ) along a hollow cylinder of the channel ( kn ) encloses and
• - where the radiator ( hk ) two opposite openings ( o1 , o2 ) in its third material, which has the beginning and the end of the channel ( kn ) form, and
• - where a second material, in particular in the form of a functional fiber ( ff ), in this channel ( kn ) through the first opening ( o1 ) can be introduced into the first material and out of the canal ( kn ) through the second opening ( o2 ) can be found in the third material and
• - wherein the third material is at least partially electrically insulating at operating temperature and
• - wherein the third material is thermally conductive and
• - wherein the third material is electrically conductive locally in first regions of the third material by local modification at operating temperature or is converted locally in first regions of the third material into a third electrically conductive material by local modification and
• - where the second material is on or in the workpiece ( wst ), especially on or in a powder layer ( pw ), is deposited.

• - wobei zumindest einer dieser ersten Bereiche als zweite Heizvorrichtung (hz2) benutzt wird.

Feature 37: radiator ( 16-18 ) according to feature 36

• - with at least one of these first areas as a second heating device ( hz2 ) is used.

• - wobei zumindest einer dieser ersten Bereiche als Temperatursensor (ts) benutzt wird.

Feature 38: radiator ( 17th ) according to feature 36 and / or 37

• - where at least one of these first areas is used as a temperature sensor ( ts ) is used.

• - wobei zumindest ein Arbeitsschritt der Modifikation eine Ionenimplantation von Atomen und/oder Molekülen in das dritte Material in den ersten Bereichen ist.

Feature 39: radiator ( 17-18 ) according to one or more of the features 36 to 38

• - At least one working step of the modification being an ion implantation of atoms and / or molecules into the third material in the first regions.

• - wobei das dritte Material Diamant ist oder aufweist oder umfasst.

Feature 40: radiator ( 17-18 ) according to one or more of features 36 to 39

• - wherein the third material is or has or comprises diamond.

• - wobei das dritte Material Graphit und/oder ganz oder teilweise amorphisierten Kohlenstoff umfasst.

Feature 41: radiator ( 17-18 ) according to one or more of features 36 to 40

• - wherein the third material comprises graphite and / or completely or partially amorphized carbon.

• - wobei das dritte Material ein elektrisch dotiertes, insbesondere p-dotiertes, drittes Material umfasst.

Feature 42: radiator ( 17-18 ) according to one or more of features 36 to 41

• - wherein the third material comprises an electrically doped, in particular p-doped, third material.

Feature 43: Device characterized in that it has means ( hk1 , hk2 , wv ) includes to one or more of the methods according to one or more of the characteristics 1 to execute 31.

• - mit einem Heizkörper (hk), insbesondere nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 32 bis 42, und
• - mit einem Kanal (kn) und,
• - mit einer Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) und
• - mit einem Werkstück (wst), das insbesondere eine Pulverschicht (pw) sein kann,
• - wobei das Werkstück (wst) eine Oberfläche (ofn) aufweist und
• - wobei der Heizkörper (hk) den Kanal (kn) aufweist und
• - wobei der Heizkörper (hk) dazu vorgesehen und geeignet ist, lokal selektiv das feste Material des Werkstücks, das insbesondere das Material einer verfestigten und/oder nicht verfestigten Pulverschicht (pw) sein kann,
  • - durch Infrarotstrahlung des Heizkörpers (hk) und/oder
  • - durch elektromagnetische Strahlung, die insbesondere durch den Heizkörper (hk) hindurch transmittiert werden kann, und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (wst) und/oder
  • - durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (wst) und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere mittels einer Funktionsfaser (ff), vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn)
  lokal zu einem Aufschmelzbereich (b) aufzuschmelzen und
• - wobei die Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung im Zusammenwirken mit der Kanal (kn) und dem Heizkörper (hk) dazu geeignet und vorgesehen ist, eine Funktionsfaser (ff) durch den Kanal (kn) in den Aufschmelzbereich (b) einzubringen.

Feature 44: device ( 25th ) for the production of a three-dimensional body, especially for additive manufacturing,

• - with a radiator ( hk ), in particular according to one or more of features 32 to 42, and
• - with one channel ( kn ) and,
• - with a functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) and
• - with a workpiece ( wst ), which in particular has a powder layer ( pw ) can be,
• - where the workpiece ( wst ) a surface ( open ) and
• - where the radiator ( hk ) the channel ( kn ) and
• - where the radiator ( hk ) is provided and suitable to locally selectively select the solid material of the workpiece, which in particular is the material of a solidified and / or non-solidified powder layer ( pw ) can be,
  • - by infrared radiation from the radiator ( hk ) and or
  • - by electromagnetic radiation, which in particular is caused by the radiator ( hk ) can be transmitted through, and / or
  • - by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and or
  • - through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and or
  • - through heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular by means of a functional fiber ( ff ), from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open )
  locally to a melting area ( b ) to melt and
• - whereby the functional fiber feed device interacts with the channel ( kn ) and the radiator ( hk ) is suitable and intended to use a functional fiber ( ff ) through the canal ( kn ) in the melting area ( b ).

• - wobei der Heizkörper (hk) an einer Positioniervorrichtung (SP, B, M) angebracht ist,
• - wobei die Positioniervorrichtung (SP, B, M) die translatorische Positionierung des Heizkörpers (hk) mit zumindest einem Freiheitsgrad, insbesondere längs einer linearen oder gebogenen Linie, entsprechend einer durch ein Rechner- oder Steuersystem vorgebbaren absoluten oder relativen translatorischen Position erlaubt und/oder
• - wobei die Positioniervorrichtung (SP, B, M) die rotatorische Positionierung des Heizkörpers (hk) mit zumindest einem Freiheitsgrad, insbesondere eine Drehung um eine Achse des Heizkörpers (hk), entsprechend einer durch ein Rechner- oder Steuersystem vorgebbaren absoluten oder relativen rotatorischen Position erlaubt.

Feature 45: device ( 25th and 29 ) according to feature 44

• - where the radiator ( hk ) on a positioning device ( SP , B. , M. ) is appropriate,
• - where the positioning device ( SP , B. , M. ) the translational positioning of the radiator ( hk ) with at least one degree of freedom, in particular along a linear or curved line, corresponding to an absolute or relative translational position that can be predetermined by a computer or control system and / or
• - where the positioning device ( SP , B. , M. ) the rotational positioning of the radiator ( hk ) with at least one degree of freedom, in particular a rotation around an axis of the radiator ( hk ), according to an absolute or relative rotational position that can be specified by a computer or control system.

• - wobei die Vorrichtung mehr als zwei, insbesondere drei und/oder vier und/oder und/fünf und/oder sechs oder mehr als sechs, steuerbare Achsen (a1-a6, AC) aufweist.

Feature 46: device ( 29 ) according to feature 45,

• - where the device has more than two, in particular three and / or four and / or and / five and / or six or more than six, controllable axes ( a1-a6 , AC).

• - mit einem Wärmeverteiler (wv) und
• - wobei der Wärmeverteiler (wv) dazu vorgesehen und geeignet ist, dass eine Schicht (pw) aus einem ersten Material auf ihn aufgebracht wird, und
• - wobei diese Schicht (pw) zumindest teilweise das Werkstück (wst) und/oder das Werkstück (wst) und/oder einen Gegenstand, der einen Teile eines Werkstücks (wst) oder eines noch auszubildenden Werkstücks (wst) umfasst, darstellt.

Feature 47: Device according to one or more of features 43 to 44

• - with a heat spreader ( wv ) and
• - where the heat spreader ( wv ) is provided and suitable that a layer ( pw ) is applied to it from a first material, and
• - where this layer ( pw ) at least partially the workpiece ( wst ) and / or the workpiece ( wst ) and / or an object that is part of a workpiece ( wst ) or a workpiece still to be trained ( wst ) includes.

• - wobei das Werkstück (wst) an einer ggf. weiteren Positioniervorrichtung angebracht ist,
• - wobei die ggf. weitere Positioniervorrichtung die translatorische Positionierung des Werkstücks (wst) mit zumindest einem Freiheitsgrad, insbesondere längs einer linearen oder gebogenen Linie, entsprechend einer durch ein Rechner- oder Steuersystem vorgebbaren absoluten oder relativen translatorischen Position erlaubt und/oder
• - wobei die ggf. weitere Positioniervorrichtung die rotatorische Positionierung des Werkstücks (wst) mit zumindest einem Freiheitsgrad, insbesondere eine Drehung um eine Achse des Werkstücks (wst), entsprechend einer durch ein Rechner- oder Steuersystem vorgebbaren absoluten oder relativen rotatorischen Position erlaubt.

Feature 48: Device according to one or more of features 43 to 47

• - where the workpiece ( wst ) is attached to a possibly further positioning device,
• - where the additional positioning device, if applicable, is responsible for the translational positioning of the workpiece ( wst ) with at least one degree of freedom, in particular along a linear or curved line, corresponding to an absolute or relative translational position that can be predetermined by a computer or control system and / or
• - where the additional positioning device, if applicable, is the rotational positioning of the workpiece ( wst ) with at least one degree of freedom, in particular a rotation around an axis of the workpiece ( wst ), according to an absolute or relative rotational position that can be specified by a computer or control system.

• - dass es mittels eines Verfahrens nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 1 bis 31 gefertigt wurde, und/oder,
• - dass eine unter Verwendung einer Vorrichtung nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 32 bis 48 gefertigt wurde.

Feature 49: workpiece characterized by

• - that it was manufactured using a method according to one or more of features 1 to 31, and / or,
• that one was manufactured using a device according to one or more of features 32 to 48.

• - dass es mittels eines Verfahrens nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 1 bis 31 gefertigt wurde, und/oder,
• - dass es unter Verwendung einer Vorrichtung nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 32 bis 48 gefertigt wurde.

Feature 50: Material characterized by

• - that it was manufactured using a method according to one or more of features 1 to 31, and / or,
• that it was manufactured using a device according to one or more of features 32 to 48.

• - mit einer ersten Gruppe von Teilvorrichtungen zur Durchführung eines selektiven Laser-Sinterprozesses und
• - mit einer zweiten Gruppe von Teilvorrichtungen zur Durchführung eines Thermo-Transfer-Sinter-Prozesses (Englisch: Selective-Heat-Sintering-Prozesses (SLS)) und/oder eines Selective-Heat-Melting-Prozesses, gekennzeichnet
• - durch eine Teilvorrichtung zum Einlegen von Funktionsfasen (ff), insbesondere eine Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft), während eines Sinter- oder Aufschmelzprozesses.

Feature 51: Device for three-dimensional printing by means of selective sintering and / or melting

• - With a first group of sub-devices for performing a selective laser sintering process and
• - With a second group of sub-devices for performing a thermal transfer sintering process (English: Selective Heat Sintering Process (SLS)) and / or a Selective Heat Melting process, identified
• - by a dividing device for inserting functional bevels ( ff ), in particular a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), during a sintering or melting process.

• - mit einer Prozesskammer (pk) und
• - mit einer Teilvorrichtung zum Einlegen von Funktionsfasen (ff), insbesondere einer Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft), und
• - mit einer Positioniervorrichtung für diese Teilvorrichtung, insbesondere der Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft), zum Einlegen von Funktionsfasen (ff),
• - mit einer Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr), die Teil der Teilvorrichtung, insbesondere der Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft), zum Einlegen von Funktionsfasen (ff) ist,
• - wobei die Prozesskammer (pk) auf eine Prozesskammertemperatur (ϑ₃) temperiert werden kann,
• - wobei die Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) den Vorschub der Funktionsfaser (ff) beim Einlegen der Funktionsfaser (ff) bewerkstelligt,
• - wobei die Positioniervorrichtung die Teilvorrichtung, insbesondere die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft), zum Einlegen von Funktionsfasen (ff) innerhalb der Prozesskammer (pk) positioniert und
• - wobei insbesondere bevorzugt der oder die Motoren der Positioniervorrichtung außerhalb der Prozesskammer (pk) platziert sind und
• - wobei insbesondere bevorzugt der oder die Motoren der Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) außerhalb der Prozesskammer (pk) platziert sind und
• - wobei die Vorrichtung mechanische Mittel, insbesondere Wellen und/oder Keilwellen (kw1, kw2, kw3), für den Transport mechanischer Energie von dem oder den Motoren (M) der Positioniervorrichtung zu der Vorschubeinrichtung (SP) der Positioniervorrichtung aufweist und
• - wobei die Vorrichtung mechanische Mittel, insbesondere Wellen und/oder Keilwellen (kw1, kw2, kw3), für den Transport mechanischer Energie von dem oder den Motoren (VSM) der Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) zu der Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) aufweist.

Feature 52: Device according to feature 51

• - with a process chamber ( pk ) and
• - with a dividing device for inserting functional bevels ( ff ), in particular a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), and
• - with a positioning device for this sub-device, in particular the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), for inserting functional bevels ( ff ),
• - with a functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ), which are part of the sub-device, in particular the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), for inserting functional bevels ( ff ) is,
• - where the process chamber ( pk ) can be tempered to a process chamber _{temperature (ϑ 3),}
• - where the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) when inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) accomplished,
• - wherein the positioning device is the sub-device, in particular the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), for inserting functional bevels ( ff ) within the process chamber ( pk ) positioned and
• - where particularly preferably the motor or motors of the positioning device outside the process chamber ( pk ) are placed and
• - with particular preference being given to the motor or motors of the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) outside the process chamber ( pk ) are placed and
• - the device being mechanical means, in particular shafts and / or splined shafts ( kw1 , kw2 , kw3 ), for the transport of mechanical energy from the motor or motors ( M. ) the positioning device to the feed device ( SP ) of the positioning device and
• - the device being mechanical means, in particular shafts and / or splined shafts ( kw1 , kw2 , kw3 ), for the transport of mechanical energy from the motor or motors ( VSM ) the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) to the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) having.

• - wobei die Vorschubeinrichtung (SP) der Positioniervorrichtung mittels eines zweiten Kegelzahnrades (kz2) und eines vierten Kegelzahnrades (kz4) und einer zweiten Keilwelle (kw2) mit dem oder den Motoren (M) der Positioniervorrichtung mechanisch gekoppelt ist.

Feature 53: Device according to feature 52

• - where the feed device ( SP ) the positioning device by means of a second bevel gear ( kz2 ) and a fourth bevel gear ( kz4 ) and a second splined shaft ( kw2 ) with the engine or engines ( M. ) the positioning device is mechanically coupled.

• - wobei die Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) mittels einer ersten Keilwelle (kw1) und eines ersten Kegelzahnrades (kz1) und eines dritten Kegelzahnrades (kz3) und einer dritten Keilwelle (kw3) und mit dem oder den Motoren (VSM) der Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) mechanisch gekoppelt ist.

Feature 54: Device according to feature 52 and / or feature 53

• - where the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) by means of a first splined shaft ( kw1 ) and a first bevel gear ( kz1 ) and a third bevel gear ( kz3 ) and a third splined shaft ( kw3 ) and with the engine or engines ( VSM ) the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) is mechanically coupled.

• - mittels eines Verfahrens nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 1 bis 31 und/oder
• - zur Verwendung mit einer Vorrichtung nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 32 bis 36 und/oder
• - zur Verwendung in einer Vorrichtung nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 37 bis 48 und/oder
• - zur Verwendung in einer Vorrichtung nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 51 bis 54.

Feature 55: functional fiber ( ff ) for insertion into the material of a workpiece

• - by means of a method according to one or more of the characteristics 1 to 31 and / or
• - For use with a device according to one or more of features 32 to 36 and / or
• - For use in a device according to one or more of features 37 to 48 and / or
• for use in a device according to one or more of features 51 to 54.

• - wobei das Werkstück (wst) eine Oberfläche (of) aufweist und
• - wobei das Material an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) nicht verfestigte und verfestigte Bereiche umfassen kann,

umfassend die Schritte

• - selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks, insbesondere mittels eines oder mehrerer Laser (43) und/oder mittels eines oder mehrerer Heizkörper (hk) (42);
• - Aufbringen einer ersten Schicht (npw) auf die Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) (44, 45);
• - selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen der ersten Schicht (46, 47) mit zumindest teilweisen Einlegen zumindest eines Funktionsfaserabschnitts einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze während des Aufschmelzens (46, 47);
• - Aufbringen einer zweiten Schicht (npw) auf die Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) (49);
• - selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen der zweiten Schicht (50, 51, 52) im Bereich des eingelegten Funktionsfaserabschnitts der Funktionsfaser (ff), sodass der verfestigte Bereich des Materials der ersten Schicht und des verfestigten Materials der zweiten Schicht, insbesondere in Form von einem oder mehreren Verfestigungsbereichen (d), diesen Funktionsfaserabschnitt der Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest teilweise umschließen.

Feature 56: procedure ( 53 ) for embedding a functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst )

• - where the workpiece ( wst ) a surface ( of ) and
• - where the material on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) may include non-consolidated and consolidated areas,

comprehensive the steps

• - selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece, in particular by means of one or more lasers ( 43 ) and / or by means of one or more radiators ( hk ) ( 42 );
• - application of a first layer ( npw ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 44 , 45 );
• - selective melting and solidification of the first layer ( 46 , 47 ) with at least partial insertion of at least one functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt during melting ( 46 , 47 );
• - application of a second layer ( npw ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 49 );
• - selective melting and solidification of the second layer ( 50 , 51 , 52 ) in the area of the inserted functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ), so that the solidified area of the material of the first layer and of the solidified material of the second layer, in particular in the form of one or more solidified areas ( d ), this functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) at least partially enclose.

• - wobei das Werkstück (wst) eine Oberfläche (of) aufweist und
• - wobei das Material an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) nicht verfestigte und verfestigte Bereiche umfassen kann,

umfassend die Schritte

• - selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (43, 42);
• - selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) (46, 47) mit zumindest teilweisen Einlegen zumindest eines Funktionsfaserabschnitts einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze während des Aufschmelzens;
• - Aufbringen einer ersten Schicht (npw) auf die Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) (49);
• - selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen der ersten Schicht (50, 51) im Bereich des eingelegten Funktionsfaserabschnitts der Funktionsfaser (ff), sodass der verfestigten Bereich, der Verfestigungsbereich (d), des Materials der ersten Schicht und der verfestigte Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) den Funktionsfaserabschnitt dieser Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest teilweise umschließen.

Feature 57: procedure ( 54 ) for embedding a functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece

• - where the workpiece ( wst ) a surface ( of ) and
• - where the material on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) may include non-consolidated and consolidated areas,

comprehensive the steps

• - selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( 43 , 42 );
• - selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 46 , 47 ) with at least partial insertion of at least one functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt during melting;
• - application of a first layer ( npw ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 49 );
• - selective melting and solidification of the first layer ( 50 , 51 ) in the area of the inserted functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) so that the hardened area, the hardened area ( d ), the material of the first layer and the solidified material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) the functional fiber section of this functional fiber ( ff ) at least partially enclose.

• - wobei das Werkstück (wst) eine Oberfläche (of) aufweist und
• - wobei das Material an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) nicht verfestigte und verfestigte Bereiche umfassen kann,

umfassend die Schritte

• - selektives Aufschmelzen und Verfestigen des Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) (50, 51) mit zumindest teilweisen Einlegen zumindest eines Funktionsfaserabschnitts einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze während des Aufschmelzens, sodass der verfestigte Bereich, der Verfestigungsbereich (d), des verfestigten Materials des Werkstücks (wst) an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) diesen Funktionsfaserabschnitt der Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest teilweise umschließen.

Feature 58: Method of embedding a functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst )

• - where the workpiece ( wst ) a surface ( of ) and
• - where the material on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) may include non-consolidated and consolidated areas,

comprehensive the steps

• - selective melting and solidification of the material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) ( 50 , 51 ) with at least partial insertion of at least one functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt during melting, so that the solidified area, the solidification area ( d ), the solidified material of the workpiece ( wst ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) this functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) at least partially enclose.

• - Unterbrechen des selektiven Sinterprozesses;
• - Bereitstellen einer Funktionsfaser (ff);
• - Positionieren der Funktionsfaser (ff) relativ zum Werkstück (wst);
• - Einschränken der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff);
• - Optionales Trennen der Funktionsfaser (ff);
• - Fortsetzen des selektiven Sinterprozesses.

Feature 59: A method for selective sintering, in particular for selective laser sintering, comprising the steps

• - Interrupting the selective sintering process;
• - Provision of a functional fiber ( ff );
• - Positioning the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst );
• - Restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff );
• - Optional separation of the functional fiber ( ff );
• - Continuation of the selective sintering process.

• - wobei das Einschränken der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff) die Schritte
  • - des zumindest lokalen Aufschmelzens der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) zu einer Schmelze und
  • - des Einlegens der Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze und
  • - des Einschränkens der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff) durch ein Erstarren der Schmelze
  umfasst.

Feature 60: Procedure according to feature 59

• - where the restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) the steps
  • - the at least local melting of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to a melt and
  • - inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt and
  • - the restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) by solidification of the melt
  includes.

• - wobei das Einschränken der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff) den Schritt
  • - des Befestigens der Funktionsfaser (ff) an oder in der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst)
  umfasst.

Feature 61: Procedure according to feature 59 and / or 60

• - where the restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) the step
  • - the fastening of the functional fiber ( ff ) on or in the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst )
  includes.

• - wobei das Befestigen durch
  • - Klebung, insbesondere unter Verwendung eines Klebers, und/oder
  • - Schweißung und/oder
  • - Lötung, insbesondere mit Bildung eines Eutektikums, und/oder
  • - Einschmelzen, insbesondere gemäß einem oder mehreren der Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 1 bis 31 und/oder gemäß einem oder mehreren der Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 56 bis 58 und/oder
  • - mechanische Befestigung, insbesondere Heftung und/oder Nagelung und/oder Verschraubung und/oder Vernietung,
  erfolgt.

Feature 62: Procedure according to feature 61

• - being fastened through
  • - Gluing, in particular using an adhesive, and / or
  • - welding and / or
  • - Soldering, in particular with the formation of a eutectic, and / or
  • - Melting, in particular according to one or more of the methods according to one or more of the features 1 to 31 and / or according to one or more of the methods according to one or more of features 56 to 58 and / or
  • - mechanical fastening, in particular stapling and / or nailing and / or screwing and / or riveting,
  he follows.

• - Schritt α: Unterbrechen eines Grundverfahrens der additiven Fertigung;
• - Schritt β: Einbringen einer Funktionsfaser (ff) umfassend die Unterschritte β.1 bis β.3 und optional den Schritt β.4:
• - Schritt β.1: Bereitstellen einer Funktionsfaser (ff);
• - Schritt β.2: Positionieren und/oder Deponieren und/oder Ablegen der Funktionsfaser (ff) relativ zum Werkstück (wst);
• - Schritt β.3: Einschränken der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff),
  1. I. - wobei diese Einschränkung zeitgleich mit dem Schritt β.2 des Positionierens und/oder Deponierens und/oder Ablegens der Funktionsfaser (ff) relativ zum Werkstück (wst) erfolgen kann;
• - Schritt β.4: Optionales Trennen der Funktionsfaser
• - optionale Schritte y.1 bis y.n mit n als ganzer positiver Zahl: je Schritt der Schritte y.1 bis y.n: optionales Wiederholen der Schritte β.1 bis β.4 für jede weitere einzubringende Funktionsfaser (ff) von ggf. weiteren n einzubringenden Funktionsfasern (ff);
• - Schritt δ: Fortsetzen des Grundverfahrens der additiven Fertigung.

Characteristic 63: Process of additive manufacturing of a workpiece ( wst ), comprising the steps

• - Step α: interrupting a basic process of additive manufacturing;
• - Step β: introduction of a functional fiber ( ff ) comprising the sub-steps β.1 to β.3 and optionally the step β.4:
• - Step β.1: Providing a functional fiber ( ff );
• - Step β.2: Positioning and / or depositing and / or laying down of the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst );
• - Step β.3: Restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ),
  1. I. - whereby this restriction occurs at the same time as step β.2 of positioning and / or depositing and / or laying down the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst ) can be done;
• - Step β.4: Optional separation of the functional fiber
• - optional steps y.1 to yn with n as a whole positive number: for each step of steps y.1 to yn: optional repetition of steps β.1 to β.4 for each additional functional fiber to be introduced ( ff ) of possibly further n functional fibers to be introduced ( ff );
• - Step δ: continuation of the basic process of additive manufacturing.

• - wobei das Verfahren zum Ausführen des Schrittes „Schritt β.3‟, also das Verfahren zur Einschränkung der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff), sich vom Grundverfahren der additiven Fertigung unterscheidet;

Feature 64: Procedure according to feature 63

• - where the procedure for carrying out the step "Step β.3", i.e. the procedure for restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ), differs from the basic process of additive manufacturing;

• - wobei es sich bei dem Grundverfahren um ein Verfahren der VDI 3405 und/oder der DIN EN ISO/ASTM 52900:2018 handelt und/oder
• - wobei es sich bei dem Grundverfahren der additiven Fertigung um ein Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) Verfahren handelt oder
• - wobei es sich bei dem Grundverfahren der additiven Fertigung um ein Verfahren der selektiven Sinterung und/oder des selektiven Schmelzens handelt oder
• - wobei das Grundverfahren der additiven Fertigung eines der folgenden Verfahren umfasst oder eines der folgenden Verfahren ist:
  • - Stereolithografie (SL),
  • - Selektives Laser-Sintern (LS),
  • - Selektives Laser-Strahlschmelzen (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, auch:
    • Laser Beam Melting = LBM),
  • - Selektives Elektronen-, Ionen- oder Teilchenstrahlschmelzen (Electron Beam Melting = EBM),
  • - Fused Layer Modelling/Manufacturing (FLM oder auch Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)),
  • - Multi-Jet Modelling (MJM),
  • - Poly-Jet Modelling (PJM),
  • - 3-D-Drucken (3DP, auch Binder Jetting),
  • - Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM),
  • - Digital Light Processing (DLP),
  • - Thermotransfer-Sintern (TTS),
  • - Metal Laminated Tooling (MELATO),
  • - Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP),
  • - Selective Heat Sintering (SHS),
  • - Laserauftragschweißen (LMD),
  • - Wax Deposition Modeling (WDM),
  • - Contour Crafting,
  • - Kaltgasspritzen bzw. Metall-Pulver-Auftragsverfahren (MPA),
  • - Lithography-based Ceramic Manufacturing (LCM),
  • - 3D-Siebdruck,
  • - 3D-Tintenstrahldruck,
  • - 3D-Tintenstrahldruck optischer Elemente,
  • - Lichtgesteuerte Elektrophoretische Abscheidung,
  • - Shaping-Debinding-Sintering (SDS),
  • - Bound Metal Deposition (BMD),
  • - Verfahren zur Herstellung metallischer oder keramischer Grünkörper mittels Fused Deposition Modelling/Fused Layer Modelling bzw. Material Extrusion,
  • - Zwei-Photonen-Lithographie,
  • - Arburg Kunststoff-Freiformen,
  • - Screw Extrusion Additiv Manufacturing (SEAM).

Feature 65: Procedure according to feature 63 and / or 64

• - whereby the basic procedure is a procedure of the VDI 3405 and / or the DIN EN ISO / ASTM 52900: 2018 acts and / or
• - where the basic process of additive manufacturing is a Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) process or
• - the basic process of additive manufacturing being a process of selective sintering and / or selective melting, or
• - where the basic process of additive manufacturing comprises one of the following processes or is one of the following processes:
  • - stereolithography ( SL ),
  • - Selective laser sintering (LS),
  • - Selective Laser Melting (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, also:
    • Laser Beam Melting = LBM),
  • - Selective electron, ion or particle beam melting (Electron Beam Melting = EBM),
  • - Fused Layer Modeling / Manufacturing (FLM or Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)),
  • - Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM),
  • - Poly-Jet Modeling (PJM),
  • - 3-D printing (3DP, also binder jetting),
  • - Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM),
  • - Digital Light Processing (DLP),
  • - thermal transfer sintering (TTS),
  • - Metal Laminated Tooling (MELATO),
  • - Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP),
  • - Selective Heat Sintering (SHS),
  • - Laser metal deposition (LMD),
  • - Wax Deposition Modeling (WDM),
  • - contour crafting,
  • - Cold gas spraying or metal powder application process (MPA),
  • - Lithography-based Ceramic Manufacturing (LCM),
  • - 3D screen printing,
  • - 3D inkjet printing,
  • - 3D inkjet printing of optical elements,
  • - Light-controlled electrophoretic deposition,
  • - Shaping-Debinding-Sintering (SDS),
  • - Bound Metal Deposition (BMD),
  • - Process for the production of metallic or ceramic green bodies by means of fused deposition modeling / fused layer modeling or material extrusion,
  • - two-photon lithography,
  • - Arburg plastic freeforms,
  • - Screw Extrusion Additive Manufacturing (SEAM).

• - wobei das Einschränken der Freiheitsgrade der Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest unter Verwendung eines der folgenden Verfahren erfolgt:
  • - zumindest teilweises Aufschmelzen einer Oberfläche (of, ofn) des Werkstücks (wst) bzw. einer Schicht (pw, pwn) in einem Aufschmelzbereich (a, b) und Einlegen zumindest eines Teils der Funktionsfaser (ff), insbesondere eines Funktionsfaserabschnitts, in die Schmelze des Ausschmelzbereiches (a, b) und Erstarren der Schmelze des Ausschmelzbereiches (a, b) in einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d) der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) und/oder
  • - Fixieren der Funktionsfaser (FF), bzw. des Funktionsfaserabschnitts, an einer Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) mittels eines Befestigungsmittels, insbesondere mittels eines einem Klebers, und/oder
  • - Festklemmen und/oder Einlegen der Funktionsfaser (ff), bzw. des Funktionsfaserabschnitts, an oder in einer Klemm- oder Haltestrukturstruktur an der Oberfläche des Werkstücks (wst), insbesondere in einer Nut des Werkstücks, wobei die Klemm- oder Haltestrukturstruktur ggf. nur temporär während des additiven Fertigungsprozesses existieren kann, und/oder
  • - Befestigen der Funktionsfaser (ff) an oder in der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst), wobei insbesondere das Befestigen durch Klebung, insbesondere unter Verwendung eines Klebers, und/oder Schweißung und/oder Lötung, insbesondere mit Bildung eines Eutektikums, erfolgen kann und/oder durch Einschmelzen erfolgen kann, und/oder
  • - Festheften oder Festklammern oder Festnageln der Funktionsfaser (ff), bzw. des Funktionsfaserabschnitts, an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (ff) und/oder an oder in einer Klemm- oder Haltestrukturstruktur an der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst), insbesondere in einer Nut des Werkstücks, wobei die Klemm- oder Haltestrukturstruktur ggf. nur temporär während des additiven Fertigungsprozesses existieren kann, mittels eines Befestigungshilfsmittels, insbesondere einer Klammer oder eines Nagels oder einer Klemme, und/oder
  • - Verknoten der Funktionsfaser (ff), bzw. des Funktionsfaserabschnitts, mit einer Faserhaltestruktur, beispielsweise einem Haken oder einem Pfosten, an der Oberfläche des Werkstücks (wst), wobei die Faserhaltestruktur ggf. nur temporär während des additiven Fertigungsprozesses existieren kann, und/oder
  • - Vernähen der Funktionsfaser (ff), bzw. des Funktionsfaserabschnitts, mit einem Teil des Werkstücks, wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) als Nähfaden benutzt wird, und/oder Vernähen der Funktionsfaser (ff) mit einem Teil des Werkstücks, wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) als Nähfaden und als Oberfaden zusammen mit einer weiteren Faser als Unterfaden benutzt wird und/oder wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) als Nähfaden und als Unterfaden zusammen mit einer weiteren Faser als Oberfaden benutzt wird und wobei die weitere Faser ebenfalls eine Funktionsfaser (ff) sein kann.

Feature 66: Method according to one or more of features 63 to 65

• - where the restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) is made using at least one of the following methods:
  • - at least partial melting of a surface ( of , open ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or a shift ( pw , pwn) in a melting area ( a , b ) and inserting at least part of the functional fiber ( ff ), in particular a functional fiber section, into the melt of the melted area ( a , b ) and solidification of the melt in the melted area ( a , b ) in a solidification area ( c ) to a consolidation area ( d ) the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and or
  • - Fixing the functional fiber (FF) or the functional fiber section on a surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) by means of a fastening means, in particular by means of an adhesive, and / or
  • - Clamping and / or inserting the functional fiber ( ff ), or the functional fiber section, on or in a clamping or holding structure structure on the surface of the workpiece ( wst ), in particular in a groove in the workpiece, the clamping or holding structure structure possibly only being able to exist temporarily during the additive manufacturing process, and / or
  • - Attaching the functional fiber ( ff ) on or in the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), wherein in particular the fastening can take place by gluing, in particular using an adhesive, and / or welding and / or soldering, in particular with the formation of a eutectic, and / or can take place by melting, and / or
  • - Fixing or stapling or nailing down the functional fiber ( ff ), or the functional fiber section, on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( ff ) and / or on or in a clamping or holding structure structure on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ), in particular in a groove of the workpiece, the clamping or holding structure structure possibly only being able to exist temporarily during the additive manufacturing process, by means of a fastening aid, in particular a clamp or a nail or a clamp, and / or
  • - Knotting the functional fiber ( ff ), or the functional fiber section, with a fiber holding structure, for example a hook or a post, on the surface of the workpiece ( wst ), the fiber holding structure possibly only being able to exist temporarily during the additive manufacturing process, and / or
  • - Sewing the functional fiber ( ff ), or the functional fiber section, with part of the workpiece, whereby the functional fiber ( ff ) is used as a sewing thread and / or sewing the functional fiber ( ff ) with part of the workpiece, whereby the functional fiber ( ff ) is used as a sewing thread and as an upper thread together with another fiber as a bobbin thread and / or where the functional fiber ( ff ) is used as a sewing thread and as a bobbin thread together with another fiber as an upper thread and where the other fiber is also a functional fiber ( ff ) can be.

• - Ausführung von Schritt β.1.a während oder zeitlich vor Schritt β.1: Heizen des Heizkörpers (hk) auf eine Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂), wobei der Heizkörper (hk) aus mehreren Teilheizkörpern (hk1, hk2) bestehen kann, die dann auch unterschiedliche Prozesstemperaturen (ϑ_2a, ϑ_2b) aufweisen können;
• - Ausführen von Schritt β.3.a während Schritt β.3: Aufwärmen des ersten Materials der Oberfläche (of) des Materials im Bereich des Heizkörpers (hk) in einem Aufwärmbereich (a, b)
  • - durch Infrarotstrahlung des Heizkörpers (hk) und/oder
  • - durch elektromagnetische Strahlung, die der Heizkörper (hk) oder ein oder mehrere der Teilheizkörper (hk1, hk2) emittieren oder die der Heizkörper oder der eine Teilheizkörper oder die mehreren Teilheizkörper (hk1, hk2) transmittieren,
    1. I. wobei es sich bei der elektromagnetischen Strahlung um LaserStrahlung handeln kann und/oder
    2. II. wobei es sich bei der elektromagnetischen Strahlung um Mikrowellenstrahlung handeln kann und/oder
    3. III. wobei es sich bei der elektromagnetischen Strahlung um THz-Strahlung handeln kann und/oder
    4. IV. wobei es sich bei der elektromagnetischen Strahlung um Infrarotstrahlung handeln kann und/oder
    5. V. wobei es sich bei der elektromagnetischen Strahlung um optisch sichtbares Licht handeln kann, und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of) und/oder
  • - durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (of) und/oder
  • - durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of), und
  • - Verändern der Position des Heizkörpers (hk) längs der Oberfläche (of) in einem ersten Abstand (f) zu Oberfläche (of) mit einer ersten Geschwindigkeit (v1);
• - Ausführen von Schritt β.3.b während Schritt β.3 und während und/oder zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.a: Aufschmelzen eines Teils des ersten Materials im Aufwärmbereich (a,b) als Schritt β.3.b zu einem Aufschmelzbereich (b) innerhalb des Aufwärmbereiches (a,b) infolge des Aufwärmens in Schritt β.3.a zu aufgeschmolzenem Material;
• - Ausführen von Schritt β.2.a während Schritt β.3 und während und/oder zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.a und während und/oder zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.b: Einlegen eines Funktionsfaserabschnitts einer Funktionsfaser (ff) als Schritt β.2.a in den Aufschmelzbereich (b);
• - Ausführen von Schritt β.3.c während Schritt β.3 und Ausführen von Schritt β.3.c während β.3.a und/oder Ausführen von Schritt β.3.c zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.a und Ausführen von Schritt β.3.c während nach Schritt β.3.b und/oder Ausführen von Schritt β.3.c zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.b und Ausführen von Schritt β.3.c während Schritt β.2.a und/oder Ausführen von Schritt β.3.c zeitlich nach Schritt β.2.a:
  • Beenden des Aufschmelzens als Schritt β.3.c durch Verminderung des Energietransports vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of) und durch die daraus resultierende Absenkung der Temperatur des Aufschmelzbereiches (b), wodurch der Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) wird;
• - Ausführen von Schritt β.2.b und Schritt β.3.d während Schritt β.3 und während und/oder zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.a und während und/oder zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.b und während und/oder zeitlich nach Schritt β.3.c und/oder zeitlich nach Schritt β.2.a: Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen Materials als Schritt β.3.d zu erstarrten Material im Erstarrungsbereich (c) der dadurch zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d) wird, in dem der betreffende Funktionsfaserabschnitt der Funktionsfaser (ff) als Schritt β.2.b ganz oder teilweise eingelegt ist.

Feature 67: Method for producing a three-dimensional body with functional fibers (FF) according to one or more of features 63 to 66, comprising the steps:

• - Execution of step β.1.a during or before step β.1: heating the radiator ( hk ) to a process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby the radiator ( hk ) from several partial radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) can exist, which can then also have different process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b );
• - Execution of step β.3.a during step β.3: warming up the first material of the surface ( of ) of the material in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b )
  • - by infrared radiation from the radiator ( hk ) and or
  • - by electromagnetic radiation emitted by the radiator ( hk ) or one or more of the partial radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) or that the radiator or one or more sub-radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) transmit,
    1. I. where the electromagnetic radiation can be laser radiation and / or
    2. II. Where the electromagnetic radiation can be microwave radiation and / or
    3. III. where the electromagnetic radiation can be THz radiation and / or
    4. IV. Where the electromagnetic radiation can be infrared radiation and / or
    5. V. whereby the electromagnetic radiation can be optically visible light, and / or
  • - by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and or
  • - through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( of ) and or
  • - by heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular by heat transport by means of a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ), and
  • - changing the position of the radiator ( hk ) along the surface ( of ) at a first distance ( f ) to surface ( of ) at a first speed ( v1 );
• - Execution of step β.3.b during step β.3 and during and / or after step β.3.a: melting part of the first material in the warm-up area ( a , b) as step β.3.b to a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b) as a result of the heating in step β.3.a to form molten material;
• - Execution of step β.2.a during step β.3 and during and / or temporally after step β.3.a and during and / or temporally after step β.3.b: Insertion of a functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) as step β.2.a in the melting area ( b );
• Execution of step β.3.c during step β.3 and execution of step β.3.c during β.3.a and / or execution of step β.3.c after step β.3.a and execution from step β.3.c while after step β.3.b and / or executing step β.3.c after step β.3.b and executing step β.3.c during step β.2.a and / or execution of step β.3.c after step β.2.a:
  • Ending the melting as step β.3.c by reducing the energy transport from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and the resulting lowering of the temperature of the melting area ( b ), whereby the melting area ( b ) to a solidification area ( c ) will;
• - Execution of step β.2.b and step β.3.d during step β.3 and during and / or temporally after step β.3.a and during and / or temporally after step β.3.b and during and / or temporally after step β.3.c and / or temporally after step β.2.a: solidification of the melted material as step β.3.d to solidified material in the solidification area ( c ) which thereby becomes a solidification area ( d ), in which the relevant functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) is fully or partially inserted as step β.2.b.

• - dass das Composit-Material mindestens eine erste Schicht aus einem ersten Material umfasst und
• - dass das Composit-Material mindestens eine zweite Schicht aus dem ersten Material umfasst und
• - dass die erste Schicht gegenüber der zweiten Schicht eine Schichtgrenze aufweist an der die erste Schicht und die zweite Schicht sich in unmittelbaren Kontakt befinden und
• - dass das Composit-Material einen Verfestigungsbereich (d) aufweist und
• - dass der Verfestigungsbereich zumindest die erste Schicht und die zweite Schicht umfasst und
• - dass der Verfestigungsbereich keine Schichtgrenze zwischen der ersten Schicht und der zweiten Schicht aufweist und
• - dass in den Verfestigungsbereich eine Funktionsfaser (ff) eingelegt ist.

Feature 68: Composite material characterized

• - That the composite material comprises at least one first layer made of a first material and
• - That the composite material comprises at least one second layer made of the first material and
• - That the first layer has a layer boundary opposite the second layer at which the first layer and the second layer are in direct contact and
• - that the composite material has a solidification area ( d ) and
• - That the solidification area comprises at least the first layer and the second layer and
• - That the solidification area has no layer boundary between the first layer and the second layer and
• - that a functional fiber ( ff ) is inserted.

• - dass es ein Composit-Material nach Merkmal 68 umfasst.

Feature 69: workpiece ( wst ) characterized,

• - That it comprises a composite material according to feature 68.

• - mit ersten Mitteln zur Durchführung eines Grundverfahrens der schichtweisen additiven Fertigung und
• - mit zweiten Mitteln von Teilvorrichtungen zur Durchführung eines Selective-Heat-Sintering-Prozesses oder eines eines Selective-Heat-Melting-Prozesses, gekennzeichnet dadurch
• - dass sie dritte Mittel zum Einlegen von Funktionsfasen (ff) während des Sinter- oder Aufschmelzprozesses mittels der zweiten Gruppe von Teilvorrichtungen umfasst,
  • - wobei die dritten Mittel die zweiten Mittel umfassen können oder die zweiten Mittel sein können und
  • - wobei die ersten Mittel sich zumindest teilweise von den zweiten Mitteln unterscheiden und
  • - wobei die ersten Mittel sich zumindest teilweise von den dritten Mitteln unterscheiden.

Feature 70: Three Dimensional Printing Apparatus

• - With the first means to carry out a basic process of layer-by-layer additive manufacturing and
• - With second means of sub-devices for carrying out a selective heat sintering process or a selective heat melting process, characterized in that
• - that they have third means of inserting functional bevels ( ff ) during the sintering or melting process by means of the second group of sub-devices,
  • - wherein the third means can comprise the second means or can be the second means and
  • - The first means differ at least partially from the second means, and
  • - the first means differing at least partially from the third means.

• - dass es sich bei dem Grundverfahren der additiven Fertigung um ein Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) Verfahren handelt,
  • - wobei die ersten Mittel Mittel zur Durchführung eines Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) Verfahrens sind und
  • - wobei diese Mittel beispielsweise einen Extruder zur Extrudierung eines Filaments umfassen können, oder
• - dass es sich bei dem Grundverfahren der additiven Fertigung um ein Verfahren der selektiven Sinterung und/oder des selektiven Schmelzens handelt,
  • - wobei die ersten Mittel Mittel zur Durchführung eines Verfahrens der selektiven Sinterung und/oder des selektiven Schmelzens sind und
  • - wobei diese Mittel beispielsweise eine Vorrichtung zum selektiven Laser-Sintern (SLS) umfassen können, oder
• - dass das Grundverfahren der additiven Fertigung eines der folgenden Verfahren umfasst oder eines der folgenden Verfahren ist:
  • - Stereolithografie (SL),
  • - Selektives Laser-Sintern (LS),
  • - Selektives Laser-Strahlschmelzen (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, auch: Laser Beam Melting = LBM),
  • - Selektives Elektronen- Ionen oder Teilchenstrahlschmelzen (Electron Beam Melting = EBM),
  • - Fused Layer Modelling/Manufacturing (FLM oder auch Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)),
  • - Multi-Jet Modelling (MJM),
  • - Poly-Jet Modelling (PJM),
  • - 3-D-Drucken (3DP, auch Binder Jetting),
  • - Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM),
  • - Digital Light Processing (DLP),
  • - Thermotransfer-Sintern (TTS),
  • - Metal Laminated Tooling (MELATO),
  • - Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP),
  • - Selective Heat Sintering (SHS),
  • - Laserauftragsschweißen (LMD),
  • - Wax Deposition Modeling (WDM),
  • - Contour Crafting,
  • - Kaltgasspritzen bzw. Metall-Pulver-Auftragsverfahren (MPA),
  • - Lithography-based Ceramic Manufacturing (LCM),
  • - 3D-Siebdruck,
  • - 3D-Tintenstrahldruck,
  • - 3D-Tintenstrahldruck optischer Elemente,
  • - Lichtgesteuerte Elektrophoretische Abscheidung,
  • - Shaping-Debinding-Sintering (SDS),
  • - Bound Metal Deposition (BMD),
  • - Verfahren zur Herstellung metallischer oder keramischer Grünkörper mittels Fused Deposition Modelling/Fused Layer Modelling bzw. Material Extrusion,
  • - Zwei-Photonen-Lithographie,
  • - Arburg Kunststoff-Freiformen,
  • - Screw Extrusion Additiv Manufacturing (SEAM),
  • - wobei die ersten Mittel dann Mittel zur Durchführung des Grundverfahrens der additiven Fertigung des betreffenden, zuvor aufgelisteten Grundverfahrens umfassen.

Feature 71: Device according to feature 70, characterized in that

• - that the basic process of additive manufacturing is a Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) process,
  • - The first means being means for performing a Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM) method, and
  • - It being possible for these means to include, for example, an extruder for extruding a filament, or
• - that the basic process of additive manufacturing is a process of selective sintering and / or selective melting,
  • - wherein the first means are means for carrying out a method of selective sintering and / or selective melting, and
  • - wherein these means can include, for example, a device for selective laser sintering (SLS), or
• - that the basic process of additive manufacturing comprises one of the following processes or is one of the following processes:
  • - stereolithography ( SL ),
  • - Selective laser sintering (LS),
  • - Selective Laser Melting (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, also: Laser Beam Melting = LBM),
  • - Selective electron-ion or particle beam melting (Electron Beam Melting = EBM),
  • - Fused Layer Modeling / Manufacturing (FLM or Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)),
  • - Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM),
  • - Poly-Jet Modeling (PJM),
  • - 3-D printing (3DP, also binder jetting),
  • - Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM),
  • - Digital Light Processing (DLP),
  • - thermal transfer sintering (TTS),
  • - Metal Laminated Tooling (MELATO),
  • - Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP),
  • - Selective Heat Sintering (SHS),
  • - Laser deposition welding (LMD),
  • - Wax Deposition Modeling (WDM),
  • - contour crafting,
  • - Cold gas spraying or metal powder application process (MPA),
  • - Lithography-based Ceramic Manufacturing (LCM),
  • - 3D screen printing,
  • - 3D inkjet printing,
  • - 3D inkjet printing of optical elements,
  • - Light-controlled electrophoretic deposition,
  • - Shaping-Debinding-Sintering (SDS),
  • - Bound Metal Deposition (BMD),
  • - Process for the production of metallic or ceramic green bodies by means of fused deposition modeling / fused layer modeling or material extrusion,
  • - two-photon lithography,
  • - Arburg plastic freeforms,
  • - Screw Extrusion Additive Manufacturing (SEAM),
  • - wherein the first means then comprise means for carrying out the basic method of additive manufacturing of the relevant, previously listed basic method.

• - mit einer ersten Gruppe von Teilvorrichtungen zur Durchführung eines selektiven Laser-Sinterprozesses und/oder eines selektiven Laser-Schmelzprozesses und
• - mit einer zweiten Gruppe von Teilvorrichtungen zur Durchführung eines Selective-Heat-Sintering-Prozesses oder eines eines Selective-Heat-Melting-Prozesses,

gekennzeichnet dadurch

• - dass sie eine Teilvorrichtung, insbesondere eine Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft), zum Einlegen von Funktionsfasen (ff) während eines Sinter- oder Aufschmelzprozesses umfasst.

Feature 72: Device for three-dimensional printing by means of selective sintering and / or melting

• - With a first group of sub-devices for performing a selective laser sintering process and / or a selective laser melting process and
• - with a second group of sub-devices for carrying out a selective heat sintering process or a selective heat melting process,

characterized by

• - that they have a partial device, in particular a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), for inserting functional bevels ( ff ) during a sintering or melting process.

• - mit einem Kanal (kn) und
• - mit einer Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung, insbesondere mit einer Antriebsrolle (ar) und insbesondere mit einer Andruckrolle (pr),und/oder insbesondere für den Vorschub einer Funktionsfaser (ff), und
• - mit einem Heizkörper (hk) und
• - mit einer Heizvorrichtung (hz) und
• - mit einer Abschneid- und Trennvorrichtung (av) und
• - mit einem Temperatursensor (ts),
• - wobei der Heizkörper (hk) durch die Heizvorrichtung (hz) aufgeheizt werden kann und
• - wobei der Temperatursensor (ts) mit dem Heizkörper (hk) thermisch gekoppelt ist, gekennzeichnet dadurch
• - dass der Heizkörper (hk) dazu geeignet und vorgesehen ist, Material einer Oberfläche (of) eines Werkstücks (wst) in einem Verfahren der additiven Fertigung
  • - zeitlich nach der Deposition dieses Materials des Werkstücks (wst) und
  • - zeitlich nach Ausbildung dieser Oberfläche (of) als fester Oberfläche aufzuschmelzen und
• - dass die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) eine Funktionsfaser (ff) über den Kanal (kn) mittels einer Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) einem Einlegepunkt (ep) an der Oberfläche (of) zuführen kann und
• - dass die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) die Funktionsfaser (ff) in die Schmelze des Materials der Oberfläche (of) in einen Aufschmelzbereich (b) mittels der Funktionsfaservorschubeinrichtung (ar, pr) und des Kanals (kn) an dem Einlegepunkt (ep) einlegen kann und
• - dass die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) bei Bedarf die Funktionsfaser (ff) mittels der Abschneid- und Trennvorrichtung (av) trennen kann.

Feature 73: Functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber tool)

• - with one channel ( kn ) and
• - with a functional fiber feed device, in particular with a drive roller ( ar ) and especially with a pressure roller ( pr ), and / or especially for feeding a functional fiber ( ff ), and
• - with a radiator ( hk ) and
• - with a heating device (hz) and
• - with a cutting and separating device ( av ) and
• - with a temperature sensor ( ts ),
• - where the radiator ( hk ) can be heated up by the heating device (hz) and
• - where the temperature sensor ( ts ) with the radiator ( hk ) is thermally coupled, characterized in that
• - that the radiator ( hk ) is suitable and intended to use the material of a surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) in an additive manufacturing process
  • - temporally after the deposition of this material of the workpiece ( wst ) and
  • - after the formation of this surface ( of ) melt as a solid surface and
• - that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) a functional fiber ( ff ) over the channel ( kn ) by means of a functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) an insertion point ( ep ) on the surface ( of ) can supply and
• - that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt of the material of the surface ( of ) into a melting area ( b ) by means of the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) and the channel ( kn ) at the insertion point ( ep ) can insert and
• - that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) if necessary the functional fiber ( ff ) by means of the cutting and separating device ( av ) can separate.

• - dass die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) eine Spannvorrichtung (vp) umfasst und
• - dass die Spannvorrichtung (vp) dazu geeignet ist, die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) mechanisch an einen Werkzeugträger (wzt) zu koppeln und/oder die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) mechanisch von dem Werkzeugträger (wzt) wieder zu entkoppeln und
• - dass die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) eine Werkzeugabsetzvorrichtung (wav) umfasst und
• - dass die Werkzeugabsetzvorrichtung (wav) dazu geeignet ist, die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) mechanisch an einen ersten Werkzeugabsetzpunkt (pp1) mit beschränkter Beweglichkeit abzusetzen und
• - dass die Werkzeugabsetzvorrichtung (wav) dazu geeignet ist, die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) mechanisch an dem ersten Werkzeugabsetzpunkt (pp1) wiederaufzunehmen und
• - wobei der Werkzeugträger (wzt) gegenüber dem Werkstück (wst) insbesondere mit mindestens einen Freiheitsgrad, insbesondere durch eine Steuervorrichtung, beispielsweise ein Rechner- oder Steuersystem, positionierbar ist.

Feature 74: Functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber tool) according to feature 73, characterized

• - that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) a jig ( vp ) includes and
• - that the clamping device ( vp ) is suitable for using the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically to a tool carrier ( wzt ) to couple and / or the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically from the tool carrier ( wzt ) to decouple and
• - that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) comprises a tool setting device (wav) and
• - that the tool depositing device (wav) is suitable for the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically to a first tool set-down point ( pp1 ) with limited mobility and
• - that the tool depositing device (wav) is suitable for the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) mechanically at the first tool set-down point ( pp1 ) to resume and
• - where the tool carrier ( wzt ) opposite the workpiece ( wst ) can be positioned in particular with at least one degree of freedom, in particular by a control device, for example a computer or control system.

• - mit einer Positioniervorrichtung (SP, B, wv) und
• - mit Mitteln zur Ausführung eines Grundverfahrens der additiven Fertigung und
• - mit einer Zuführung, insbesondere einen Schlauch, für die Zuführung einer Funktionsfaser (ff) und
• - mit einer Steuerung, insbesondere einem Rechner- und/oder Steuersystem, und
• - mit der Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) nach Merkmal 73 oder 76 zur Ausführung eines Funktionsfasereinbringverfahrens, das vom Grundverfahren verschieden ist,
• - wobei die Positioniervorrichtung (SP, B, wv) die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool) relativ zur Oberfläche (of) eines Werkstücks (wst) in Abhängigkeit von Signalen der Steuerung positioniert und
• - wobei die Zuführung die Funktionsfaser (ff) der Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) (Fiber-Tool), insbesondere aus einer Funktionsfaservorratsvorrichtung und/oder von einer Funktionsfaserspule, zuführt.

Feature 75: jig for additive manufacturing

• - with a positioning device ( SP , B. , wv ) and
• - with means to carry out a basic process of additive manufacturing and
• - with a feed, in particular a hose, for the feed of a functional fiber ( ff ) and
• - With a controller, in particular a computer and / or control system, and
• - with the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber tool) according to feature 73 or 76 for carrying out a functional fiber insertion process that is different from the basic process,
• - where the positioning device ( SP , B. , wv ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber-Tool) relative to the surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) depending on signals from the control system and
• - where the feed is the functional fiber ( ff ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (Fiber tool), in particular from a functional fiber storage device and / or from a functional fiber reel.

• - wobei das Funktionsfasereinbringverfahren eines oder mehrere der folgenden Verfahren als Teilverfahren umfasst:
  • - Stereolithografie (SL),
  • - Selektives Laser-Sintern (LS),
  • - Selektives Laser-Strahlschmelzen (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, auch:
    • Laser Beam Melting = LBM),
  • - Selektives Elektronen- Ionen oder Teilchenstrahlschmelzen (Electron Beam Melting = EBM),
  • - Fused Layer Modelling/Manufacturing (FLM oder auch Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)),
  • - Multi-Jet Modelling (MJM),
  • - Poly-Jet Modelling (PJM),
  • - 3-D-Drucken (3DP, auch Binder Jetting),
  • - Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM),
  • - Digital Light Processing (DLP),
  • - Thermotransfer-Sintern (TTS),
  • - Metal Laminated Tooling (MELATO),
  • - Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP),
  • - Selective Heat Sintering (SHS),
  • - Laserauftragsschweißen (LMD),
  • - Wax Deposition Modeling (WDM),
  • - Contour Crafting,
  • - Kaltgasspritzen bzw. Metall-Pulver-Auftragsverfahren (MPA),
  • - Lithography-based Ceramic Manufacturing (LCM),
  • - 3D-Siebdruck,
  • - 3D-Tintenstrahldruck,
  • - 3D-Tintenstrahldruck optischer Elemente,
  • - Lichtgesteuerte Elektrophoretische Abscheidung,
  • - Shaping-Debinding-Sintering (SDS),
  • - Bound Metal Deposition (BMD),
  • - Verfahren zur Herstellung metallischer oder keramischer Grünkörper mittels Fused Deposition Modelling/Fused Layer Modelling bzw. Material Extrusion,
  • - Zwei-Photonen-Lithographie,
  • - Arburg Kunststoff-Freiformen,
  • - Screw Extrusion Additiv Manufacturing (SEAM),
  • - wobei die zweiten Mittel dann Mittel zur Durchführung des betreffenden Teilverfahrens des Funktionsfasereinbringverfahrens entsprechend der vorstehenden Liste umfassen.

Feature 76: Device according to feature 75

• - whereby the functional fiber introduction process comprises one or more of the following processes as a sub-process:
  • - stereolithography ( SL ),
  • - Selective laser sintering (LS),
  • - Selective Laser Melting (SLM = Selective Laser Melting, also:
    • Laser Beam Melting = LBM),
  • - Selective electron-ion or particle beam melting (Electron Beam Melting = EBM),
  • - Fused Layer Modeling / Manufacturing (FLM or Fused Filament Fabrication (FFF)),
  • - Multi-Jet Modeling (MJM),
  • - Poly-Jet Modeling (PJM),
  • - 3-D printing (3DP, also binder jetting),
  • - Layer Laminated Manufacturing (LLM),
  • - Digital Light Processing (DLP),
  • - thermal transfer sintering (TTS),
  • - Metal Laminated Tooling (MELATO),
  • - Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP),
  • - Selective Heat Sintering (SHS),
  • - Laser deposition welding (LMD),
  • - Wax Deposition Modeling (WDM),
  • - contour crafting,
  • - Cold gas spraying or metal powder application process (MPA),
  • - Lithography-based Ceramic Manufacturing (LCM),
  • - 3D screen printing,
  • - 3D inkjet printing,
  • - 3D inkjet printing of optical elements,
  • - Light-controlled electrophoretic deposition,
  • - Shaping-Debinding-Sintering (SDS),
  • - Bound Metal Deposition (BMD),
  • - Process for the production of metallic or ceramic green bodies by means of fused deposition modeling / fused layer modeling or material extrusion,
  • - two-photon lithography,
  • - Arburg plastic freeforms,
  • - Screw Extrusion Additive Manufacturing (SEAM),
  • - wherein the second means then comprise means for carrying out the relevant sub-process of the functional fiber introduction process according to the above list.

• - dass sie zur Verwendung in einem Verfahren nach einem oder mehreren Merkmale 63 bis 67 vorgesehen ist und/oder
• - dass sie eine Funktionsfaser (ff) zur Verwendung in einem Composit-Material nach Merkmal 68 ist und/oder
• - dass sie eine Funktionsfaser (ff) zur Verwendung in einer Vorrichtung nach einem oder mehreren der Merkmale 70 bis 76 ist.

Feature 77: functional fiber ( ff ) characterized,

• - that it is intended for use in a method according to one or more features 63 to 67 and / or
• - that it is a functional fiber ( ff ) for use in a composite material according to feature 68 and / or
• - that it is a functional fiber ( ff ) for use in a device according to one or more of features 70 to 76.

• - wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) eine Funktionsfaser (ff) nach Merkmal 73 sein kann und
• - wobei die Funktionsfaser (ff) eine Schlichte (SL) insbesondere an iher Oberfläche umfasst und
• - wobei die Schlichte (SL) der Funktionsfaser (ff) während eines Einlegeprozesses der Funktionsfaser (ff) in ein Werkstück (wst) in einem Verfahren der additiven Fertigung zu dem Material der Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) zumindest in einigen Bereichen dieser Oberfläche (of) einen Meniskus (mi) mit einem Kontaktwinkel (χ) ausbildet, der kleiner als 90° ist und/oder
• - wobei die Oberfläche der Funktionsfaser (ff) so, insbesondere benetzend, gestaltet ist, dass die Schmelze des Materials einer Oberfläche (of) eines Werkstücks (wst) während eines Einlegeprozesses der Funktionsfaser (ff) in diese Oberfläche (of) des Werkstücks (wst) zu dem Material der Oberfläche der Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest in einigen Bereichen dieser Oberfläche der Funktionsfaser (ff) einen Meniskus (mi) mit einem Kontaktwinkel (χ) ausbildet, der kleiner als 90° ist.

Feature 78: functional fiber ( ff ),

• - where the functional fiber ( ff ) a functional fiber ( ff ) can be according to feature 73 and
• - where the functional fiber ( ff ) a plain ( SL ) includes in particular on their surface and
• - where the plain ( SL ) the functional fiber ( ff ) during an insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst ) in a process of additive manufacturing to the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) at least in some areas of this surface ( of ) a meniscus (mi) with a contact angle ( χ ) that is smaller than 90 ° and / or
• - where the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) is designed in such a way, especially wetting, that the melt of the material of a surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) during an insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) in this surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) to the material of the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) at least in some areas of this surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) a meniscus (mi) with a contact angle ( χ ) that is smaller than 90 °.

advantage

Such processes for the production of a three-dimensional body, especially for additive manufacturing, allow the embedding of functional fibers in the form of functional fibers ( ff ) into the workpiece or a surface during the implementation of an additive manufacturing process. The advantages are not limited to this.

Description of the figures

The figures show, by way of example, simplified essential parts of the proposed devices and the method.

Figure 1

1 shows the exemplary, schematically simplified, basic structure of a proposed device. A heat spreader ( wv ) determined with its first surface ( of ) the working area of the proposed additive manufacturing system. The heat spreader ( wv ) is typically made of a material that conducts heat relatively well. The heat spreader ( wv ) and the radiator ( hk ) are shown as an exemplary sectional view. For example, steel and aluminum work well for this purpose. The heat spreader ( wv ) has a first surface ( of ), which is typically the work surface of the proposed additive manufacturing system. Furthermore, the heat distributor ( wv ) via a second surface ( of2 ), which is typically the first surface ( of ) is arranged opposite. The second surface ( of2 ) is preferably electrically insulating. In the case of an aluminum plate as a heat spreader ( wv ) this electrical insulation can be achieved, for example, by anodizing the aluminum plate. Is the heat spreader ( wv ) a steel plate, various galvanic coatings and / or varnishes come into question. The second surface ( of2 ) preferably has electrical lines of a first heating device ( hz1 ), which can heat up the heat spreader compared to the ambient temperature when electrically powered. In the 1 is an optional first cooling device ( kv ), which are used to cool down the heat spreader ( wv ) is used to be able to regulate this faster. The first cooling device ( kv ) can be water cooling, for example. The first heater ( hz1 ) would then be the first cooling device ( kv ) counteract, which allows a better defined and faster temperature setting. To determine the temperature of the heat spreader ( wv ), a temperature sensor is preferably provided that records the first actual temperature of the heat spreader ( wv ) recorded as heat distribution temperature (ϑ _WV ). A first controller, not shown, then energizes the first heating device ( hz1 ) depending on the heat distribution temperature (ϑ _WV ) detected by the temperature sensor with an electrical heating current of the type. The electrical heating current regulated by a controller then regulates the heat distribution ( wv ) to a first defined process temperature (ϑ ₁ ) depending on the heat distribution temperature (ϑ _WV ) recorded by the temperature sensor. The first temperature deviations of the recorded heat distribution temperature (ϑ _WV ) as the first actual temperature compared to the first process temperature (ϑ ₁ ) are then limited to system noise and unavoidable control errors. Typically the first heater is ( hz1 ) made from simple conductor tracks. These are then preferably covered by a layer of varnish ( Ik ) protected against corrosion and electrically isolated from their surroundings.

On the heat spreader ( wv ) is a layer ( pw ) made of a first material on the surface ( of ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) applied. This layer ( pw ) from the first material defines a new surface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) parallel to the surface ( of ) of the heat spreader ( wv ). The layer is preferably a powder layer.

A radiator ( hk ) is at a first distance ( f ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) arranged. In a variant of the process, this first distance is ( f ) at least temporarily so large that the radiator ( hk ) the first material of the layer ( pw ) in the area of the radiator ( hk ) has not yet been significantly influenced in the sense of this document.

The radiator ( hk ) preferably in this example includes a second heating device ( hz2 ). One or more electrically isolated and thermally coupled windings of a heating wire around the radiator ( hk ), for example, this second heating device ( hz2 ) form. A second temperature sensor, not shown, records the radiator temperature (ϑ _hk ) as the second actual temperature of the radiator ( hk ). A not drawn in the second controller then energized in dependence on the detected heater temperature (θ _hk) as a second actual temperature the second heater ( hz2 ) with a second electrical heating current in such a way that a second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) is the radiator _{temperature (ϑ hk} ) of the radiator ( hk ) adjusts. This second heating device works preferentially ( hz2 ) against a second cooling device ( kl ), the radiator ( hk ) preferably cools. With this second cooling device ( kl ) it can be, for example, water cooling or air cooling.

The radiator ( hk ) is with its second heating device ( hz2 ) and the optional second cooling ( kl ) using fasteners ( B. ) on a feed device, here an exemplary spindle ( SP ) attached. An exemplary engine ( M. ) turns the spindle ( SP ) typically as a function of control signals from a computer (not shown), the computer and / or control system. This allows the computer to determine the position of the radiator ( hk ) relative to the layer along this spindle ( SP ) as a positioning device.

A temperature-controlled process chamber ( pk ) preferably houses the entire device. A controller that is not shown brings the process combi ( pk ) preferably to a defined fourth process temperature (ϑ ₄ ) by means of a fourth temperature sensor (not shown) and a fourth heating device (not shown). In the case of the engine ( M. ) it is preferably a stepper motor. Preferred is the engine ( M. ) positioned outside a chamber (KA2) not shown here for the sake of clarity, since the fourth heating device is the process chamber ( pk ) usually to a fourth process temperature (ϑ ₄ ) just below the lowest melting point of the first material of the layer ( pw ) heated up. This enables the use of simpler and cheaper motors ( M. ).

In addition to the positioning device shown here ( SP , M. , B. ) for the radiator ( hk ) Further positioning options in other directions and around other axes are preferably provided. For example, it can make sense to be able to move the radiator linearly not only in a translatory manner in the X-direction, but also in a Y-direction that is not parallel to it, so that such a movement every xy-coordinate of every point of the new surface ( open ) the shift ( pw ) on the heat spreader ( wv ) through the radiator ( hk ) can reach.

As will become clear later ( 20th ), it also makes sense, for example, to switch the radiator ( hk ) around an axis of rotation perpendicular to the new surface ( open ) the shift ( pv ) on the heat spreader ( wv ) to be able to rotate with another stepper motor depending on signals from the said computer. Ultimately, it makes sense if a computer in the computer and control system, for example, determines the first distance ( f ) can change by means of a fourth stepper motor and, for example, by means of a further spindle through control signals from the computer to the fourth stepper motor. This further spindle and the fourth stepper motor are an example of a lifting device that lifts the radiator ( hk ) can lift. The computer preferably controls the current value of the first electrical heating current and of the second electrical heating current as a function of the position and orientation of the heating element, among other things.

Figure 2

2 largely corresponds to 1 . the 2 represents an example of a proposed device. A lifting device, not shown, has the first distance ( f ) of the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) and thus to the surface ( open ) the shift ( pw ) decreased from the first material.

The first material of the layer is now warmed up ( pw ) in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a and b ) by the infrared radiation of the heated radiator ( hk ). Compared to the situation in 1 is the infrared radiation of the radiator ( hk ) into the new interface ( open ) now reinforced because the lifting device (not shown) covers the first distance ( f ) has decreased. Alternatively or in addition, the device can also transport heat by means of convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) and / or heat transport by means of direct mechanical contact between radiators ( hk ) and new surface ( open ) and / or heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber ( ff ), from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) provide.

Of course, it is also possible to change the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) dynamically over time in order to achieve an effect equivalent to the function that increases the heat spreader ( wv ) can add. Lowering the radiator ( hk ) by reducing the distance to the surface of the workpiece ( wst ) conceivable to produce the functionally equivalent effect. If the first process temperature (ϑ ₁ ) and the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) are suitably selected, part of the first material of the layer will now melt ( pw ) in the warm-up area ( a and b ) in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a and b ) as a result of warming up. Molten material of the first material of the layer forms ( pw ) in a melted area, the melted area ( b ). The material of the layer melts to a depth ( e ) under the new surface ( open ) on. This depth ( e ) depends a) on the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) of the radiator ( hk ), more precisely the radiator temperature (ϑ _hk ), and b) the heat distribution temperature (ϑ _WV ) and c) the first distance ( f ) the lower edge of the radiator ( hk ) from the new interface ( open ) and d) the emission coefficient of the underside of the radiator ( hk ) and e) the infrared absorption coefficient of the new surface ( open ) below the underside of the radiator ( hk ) away.

Melting can possibly be limited to sintering.

Figure 3

The method then preferably ends this melting process again in a defined manner. this shows 3 exemplary. Various methods of ending the melting process are possible. The process step for ending the melting preferably reverses the measure that initiated the melting.

Has the melting been, among other things, by reducing the first distance ( f ) the underside of the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ), the positioning device or a functionally equivalent device increases this first distance ( f ) preferably back to the initial value in order to end the melting process.

For example, an increase in the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) of the radiator ( hk ) e.g. by increasing the current supply to the second heating device ( hz2 ) caused the melting by the regulator (not shown) or by a correspondingly increased target value specification, for example by the said computer and control system. In this case, the controller can lower the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) of the radiator ( hk ) by lowering the current supply to the second heating device ( kz2 ) caused by the regulator not shown. Typically, this is preceded by a lower target value specification, for example by the said computer and control system.

The melted area ( b ) [Melting area (b)] the 2 transforms preferably by solidification (or chemical reaction) into a solidifying area [solidification area (c)] and then into a solidified area ( vb ) [Solidification area (d)].

Figure 4

4th shows an exemplary situation when the process is run in parallel with several radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ).

the 4th shows an example of a first radiator ( hk1 ), whereby a second cooling device (kI1) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) the first radiator ( hk1 ) cools and the second heating device ( hz21 ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) the first radiator ( hk1 ) heats.

the 4th shows an example of a second radiator ( hk2 ), whereby a second cooling device (kI2) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) the second radiator ( hk2 ) cools and the second heating device ( hz22 ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) the second radiator ( hk2 ) heats.

The first radiator ( hk1 ) is at a first distance ( f1 ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) arranged.

The second radiator ( hk2 ) is at a first distance ( f2 ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) arranged.

The initial situation for the first radiator thus corresponds to ( hk1 ) and the second radiator ( hk2 ) each of the initial situation of the 1 for the radiator there ( hk ).

With suitable control, this plurality of radiators ( hz1 , hz2 ) If necessary, a pattern can be created more quickly by locally selective melting in the new surface ( open ) the shift ( pw ) respectively.

Figure 5

Now, for example, the first of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) If necessary, a first melted area [melting area (ab1)] in a warm-up area ( a , b ) respectively. For example, if the method uses the first radiator ( hk1 ) for this purpose, a positioning device can, for example, use the first distance ( f1 ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) Reduce. In parallel or alternatively, a controller can set the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₁ ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz21 ) of the first radiator ( hz1 ) raise. Typically, an increased target value specification, e.g. by the said computer system for the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₁ ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) in advance. This situation is in 5 shown. Instead and / or in parallel, the second of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) if necessary a second melted area ( starting at 2 ) respectively.

For example, if the method uses the second radiator ( hk2 ) for this purpose, the positioning device can, for example, use the second distance ( f2 ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) Reduce. In parallel or as an alternative to this, a controller can set the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₂ ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz22 ) of the second radiator ( hz2 ) raise. Typically, an increased target value specification, e.g. by the said computer system for the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₂ ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) in advance.

Figure 6

Is the process of melting accordingly 5 ended, the device then typically reverses the measures taken. For example, if the first radiator ( hk1 ) of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) is used to create a first melted area ( from1 ), the computing or control system can, for example, use a lifting device to determine the first distance ( f1 ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) enlarge again. In parallel or alternatively, the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₁ ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz21 ) of the first radiator ( hz1 ) decrease again with a regulator. Typically, a lower target value specification, e.g. by the said computer system for the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₁ ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) in advance. This situation is in 6th shown. The solidification of the first melted area ( from1 ) then the first solidified area is formed ( vb1 ).

For example, if the second of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) used to create a second melted area ( starting at 2 ), the computing or control system of the device can, for example, use a second lifting device to generate the second distance ( f2 ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) enlarge again. Alternatively or in parallel, one controller can control the second Process temperature (ϑ ₂₂ ) of the second heating element ( hk2 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz22 ) of the second radiator ( hz2 ) humiliate again. The solidification of the second melted area ( starting at 2 ) then the second solidified area is formed ( vb2 ).

Figure 7

Now, for example, the first and second of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) also a first melted area ( from1 ) respectively.

For example, if the method uses the first radiator ( hk1 ) to this, the positioning device can, for example, be the first distance ( f1 ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) Reduce. Alternatively or in parallel, a controller can set the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₁ ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz21 ) of the first radiator ( hz1 ) raise.

At the same time, the second of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) a second melted area ( starting at 2 ) to be generated in parallel and independently of it.

For example, if the method used the second radiator ( hk2 ), a positioning device can, for example, use the first distance ( f2 ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) Reduce. In parallel or as an alternative to this, a controller can set the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₂ ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz22 ) of the second radiator ( hz2 ) raise.

This situation with two active radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) represents 7th represent.

Figure 8

Is the process of melting accordingly 7th ended, the computing and control unit of the device typically reverses the measures taken.

For example, does the first of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) a first melted area ( from1 ), the computing and control unit can, for example, use the said lifting device to measure the first distance ( f1 ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) enlarge again. Alternatively or in parallel, a controller can set the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₁ ) of the first radiator ( hk1 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz21 ) of the first radiator ( hz1 ) humiliate again. This situation poses 8th The solidification of the first melted area ( from1 ) then the first solidified area is formed ( vb1 ).

For example, if the second of the two exemplary radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) a second melted area ( starting at 2 ), the computing and control unit can, for example, use the said second lifting device to measure the second distance ( f2 ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv ) enlarge again. Alternatively or in parallel, a controller can set the second process temperature (ϑ ₂₂ ) of the second radiator ( hk2 ) by means of the second heating device ( hz22 ) of the second radiator ( hz2 ) humiliate again. The solidification of the second melted area triggered as a result of the drop in temperature ( starting at 2 ), the melting area ( b ), then forms the second hardened area ( vb2 ) as the consolidation area ( d ) the end.

This situation with two previously active radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) represents 8th represent.

Figure 9

9 shows the situation according to the 1 until 3 , but now the spindle ( SP ) in interaction with the engine ( M. ) the radiator ( hk ) at a first speed ( v1 ) moved along the spindle direction.

The image of the 9 equals to 2 with the difference that the area of the melt in the melting area ( b ) now by moving the radiator ( hk ) relative to the heat spreader ( wv ) the melting area ( b ) leaves. This leaving the area of the melt of the melting area ( b ) by the movement of the radiator ( hk ) relative to the heat spreader ( wv ) transferred the melting area ( b ) into an area of solidification ( eb ) in the solidification area ( c ), where the melt gradually solidifies again. The former melt ultimately solidifies completely, creating a solidified area ( vb ) in the solidification area ( d ) has reached.

Figure 10

After the entire melt has solidified, a doctor blade ( rk ) further material as a new layer ( npw ) apply. The material is preferably a powdery, meltable granulate of very fine grain size made from the said first material. A squeegee feed device moves the squeegee ( rk ) with a leading material supply ( pwv ) about the previous powder surface, which the previous surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) includes. The squeegee feed device of the squeegee ( rk ) preferably holds the lower edge ( uk ) the squeegee ( rk ) at a preferably constant second distance ( G ) to the old surface ( aof ) the shift ( pw ), which previously created the new interface ( open ) was. As a result, the advance movement of the squeegee ( rk ) with the powder, which controls the advance movement of the squeegee ( rk ) from the material supply ( pwv ) on the previous surface ( aof ) leaves behind a new surface ( open ) the new layer ( npw ) for the next pass above the old surface ( aof ). The squeegee feed device moves the squeegee ( rk ) preferably at a third speed ( v3 ) over the old surface ( aof ).

Figure 11

After completing the order of the new shift ( npw ), as in 10 shown, the new situation arises accordingly 11 . The order of the new shift ( npw ) has a new layer ( npw ), which in the following pass plays the role of the layer of material above the old surface ( aof ) educated. The new shift ( npw ) of the material now preferably completely covers the solidified area.

Instead of applying by means of the advance of a squeegee ( rk ) by means of a doctor blade feed device, dispensing methods, printing methods and painting methods etc. are also possible.

Figure 12

The representation of the 12th corresponds to the representation of 9 with the difference that the proposed 3D printing device instead of the original layer ( pw ) now the new layer ( npw ) processed. The newly formed solidified area ( vb ) is on the old solidified area ( vb ) arranged, so to speak stacked. We point out that the depth ( e ) the melting of the material of the layer ( pw ) from the new interface ( open ) can be measured larger than the layer thickness ( G ). The layer thickness ( G ) is determined by the second distance ( G ) the lower edge ( uk ) the squeegee ( rk ) during the advance through the squeegee feed device to the old surface ( aof ) the shift ( pw ). The layer thickness ( G ) then corresponds to the thickness of the new layer ( npw ). Thus, the proposed 3D printing device can melt more powder layers than just one powder layer.

Figure 13

The representation of the 13th equals to 12th with the difference that now the functional fiber feed device of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a functional fiber ( ff ) via a channel ( kn ) in the radiator ( hk ) at a second speed ( v2 ) feeds. A functional fiber insertion device or the 3D printing device can have such a functional fiber feed device for the functional fiber ( ff ) theoretically also as an independent sub-device of the overall device independent of the radiator ( hk ) include. Ie the channel ( kn ) for guiding the functional fiber ( ff ) does not necessarily have to be part of the radiator ( hk ) being. However, the tests have shown that implementation as part of the radiator is particularly advantageous because the radiator ( hk ) The functional fiber ( ff ) before inserting into the melted surface ( of ) the shift ( pv ) or the workpiece ( wst ) preheats. Preferably the inner lower edge ( kt ) of the channel ( kn ) has a suitable radius that is larger than the minimum permitted bending radius of the functional fiber ( ff ) along the course of the functional fiber section to be inserted of the functional fiber ( ff ). The second speed ( v2 ) is preferably essentially the same as the first speed ( v1 ) so that no forces can build up. This process builds the functional fiber ( ff ) thereby into the material of the solidified area ( vb ), i.e. the consolidation area ( d ) on. The functional fiber preferably comprises ( ff ) a carbon fiber and / or a glass fiber and / or a mineral fiber and / or natural fibers and / or mineral fibers and / or plant fibers and / or silk fibers and / or a wire, which can in particular be made of a wire material, the gold, silver , Copper, aluminum, titanium, magnesium, manganese, nickel, rare earths, platinum, uranium, plutonium, thorium, iron and the like. May include, and / or a shape memory wire, in particular a nitride wire, and / or a stranded wire that contains such wires and / or fibers.

Figure 14

The representation of the 14th equals to 13th with the difference that now a step 2a has already produced a structure in the layer by means of a selective sintering process, for example by means of selective laser sintering. Now the functional fiber insertion device melts ( ft ) with your radiator ( hk ) this previously sintered material again. In this example, the material of the layer thus undergoes two heat treatments. First of all, the areas of the surface to be sintered are sintered ( of ) the new layer ( npw ) and then the repeated melting of some of these already melted and solidified material areas with the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ).

Figure 15

the 15th largely corresponds to 14th with the following differences: The radiator ( hk ) is made of diamond in this example. Diamond is an example of a material in which the monolithic integration of electrical functionalities is possible. The manufacture of electronic components in diamond is known from diamond. The diamond radiator ( dhk ) in this example is functionally equivalent to the previously discussed radiator ( hk ). The second heater ( hz2 ) is now in the material of the diamond radiator ( dhk ) exemplarily integrated and manufactured. For example, it can be a highly p-doped p + layer in the diamond of the diamond heater ( dhk ) Act. A localized and structured implantation (focused ion beam implantation) of boron atoms in the diamond material of the diamond heater ( dhk ) and a subsequent heat treatment can achieve such a highly p-doped layer. An implantation with a lower dose leads to less conductive layers, which can be used as resistors or temperature sensors. A very high dose leads to areas that can be used as electrical contacts. The use of titanium to produce ohmic contacts is also known. A first opening ( o1 ) and a second opening ( o2 ) preferably introduced by laser drilling through the canal ( kn ) are connected to each other. In the example of the 15th includes the diamond material of the diamond heater ( dhk ) is the second heater ( hz2 ) as an electrical, particularly preferably p-doped resistor. When an electrical current is applied, this electrical resistance heats up and gives off the heat away . This document refers to the manufacture of such diamond bodies Bernd Burchard, "Electronic and optoelectronic components and component structures based on diamonds", dissertation, Hagen, 1994 and the writing EP 1 274 976 B1 .

Figure 16

16 equals to 15th with the difference that the lower boundary surface of the diamond radiator ( dhk ) one or more temperature sensors ( ts ) includes. These are again, for example, resistors and / or pn diodes. Manufacture of such electronic components in the Dimant radiator ( dhk ) can use an implantation of foreign atoms into the diamond as a manufacturing step. In this way, for example, the said computer-controlled controller can regulate the temperature at the lower edge of the diamond radiator ( dhk ) very carefully. A PID controller, for example, can be used depending on the current electrical resistance value of the electrical resistance of the temperature sensor ( ts ) the electric current through the second heating device ( hz2 ) rules. One benefit of using diamond together with a heat sink ( kl ) is the rapid drop in temperature of the diamond radiator ( dhk ) after the end of the heating due to the extremely good thermal conductivity of diamond, which is much better than that of copper.

Figure 17

17th shows an exemplary diamond radiator ( dhk ) in the top view of the underside of the diamond heating element ( dhk ) on the tip of the diamond heating element (dhk) seen from the workpiece side. 17a shows the rasterized photo of such a diamond radiator. 17b FIG. 13 shows a drawing showing the diamond heater of the 17a indicates. Due to the double representation, the font presented here ensures that even with poor reproduction of the 17th the content is still recognizable. The exemplary diamond radiator ( dhk ) has a first contact ( K1 ) and a second contact ( K2 ), which the electrical contacting and the operation of a first second heating device ( hz2 ) make possible. The exemplary diamond radiator ( dhk ) has a seventh contact ( K7 ) and an eighth contact ( K8 ), which the electrical contacting and the operation of a second second heating device ( hz2 ) make possible. A third contact ( K3 ), a fourth contact ( K4 ), a fifth contact ( K5 ) and a sixth contact ( K6 ) enable the temperature sensors to be contacted. The temperature sensors cannot be seen due to the rasterization of the image. The channel ( kn ) is in the middle of the diamond radiator ( dhk ) to recognize. Placing resilient contact pins on the contact surfaces of the contacts ( K1 until K8 ), for example, an electrical connection for the Dimant radiator ( dhk ) make possible. The corresponding brackets, spring pins and connections are not shown in the preceding figures for the sake of clarity. In 17b a first strip-shaped p-implantation in the diamond is shown with dashed edges. In 17b a second strip-shaped p-implantation in the diamond is shown with dashed edges. The first p-implant connects the sixth contact ( K6 ) with the fourth contact ( K4 ). The second p-implant connects the fifth contact ( K5 ) with the third contact ( K3 ). The production process of the diamond heater preferably leads to ( dhk ) the first p-implantation and the second p-implantation at different implantation depths. Therefore, these two implantation regions touch, the first p-implantation in the form of a first electrically semiconducting implantation layer in a first implantation depth and the second p-implantation in the form of a second electrically semiconducting implantation layer in a second Implantation depth, straight in the area of the canal. This electrical transition between the first semiconducting implantation layer and the second semiconducting implantation layer is preferably of high resistance due to a different choice of the first implantation depth and the second implantation depth based on the surface of the diamond. This electrical transition is therefore typically very temperature-dependent. With a Kelvin measurement on the four contacts ( K3 , K4 , K5 , K6 ) a resistance measuring device of the computer and control system of the 3D printing device can measure the electrical resistance of this electrical transition in the area of the duct ( kn ) precisely determine. A controller of the computer and control system can then use this determined resistance value to regulate the electrical heating power of the first second heating device ( hz2 ) and the second second heating device ( hz2 ) to use. This electrical transition is now an exemplary version of a temperature sensor ( ts ) among other embodiments, such as semiconductor diodes, thermocouples (English: Thermo-Couple) etc .. 17b shows an exemplary, preferred position of such a temperature sensor ( ts ). In this context, this scripture points to scripture EP 1 274 976 B1 there.

Figure 18

18th shows another exemplary diamond radiator ( dhk ) viewed from above on the tip from the workpiece side. 18a shows the rasterized photo of such a diamond radiator. 18b FIG. 13 shows a drawing showing the diamond heater of the 18a indicates. The double display ensures that even with poor reproduction of the 18th the content is still recognizable. The exemplary diamond radiator ( dhk ) has a first contact ( K1 ) and a second contact ( K2 ) and a third contact ( K3 ) and a fourth contact ( K4 ) on. The resistance measuring device of the computer and control system contacts the cross-shaped temperature sensor ( ts ) through these contacts ( K1 , K2 , K3 , K4 ). The duct section of the radiator ( hk ) of the channel ( kn ) of the functional fiber insertion device is in the middle of the picture. When using this diamond heating element, an external second heating device is preferred ( hz2 ) necessary. The inventors refer to the explanation of the temperature sensor ( ts ) at the top.

Figure 19

19th equals to 16 with the difference that the radiator ( dhk ) is optically transparent in this example. Another difference is that now the radiator ( dhk ) the heating power by means of an exemplary first laser beam ( LB1 ) and by means of an exemplary second laser beam and by means of mirrors ( Isp ) enters the warm-up area. The electromagnetic radiation penetrates the diamond radiator ( dhk ) itself in order to apply to the surface of the workpiece ( wst ) to get. This is only one example of several possible for the possible melting of the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) by means of electromagnetic radiation. The bottom of the radiator ( hk ) in this example is preferably designed to be flat over a larger area. The radiator ( dhk ) here preferably also represents an optical functional element that heats energy in the form of laser beams ( LB1 , LB2 ) here in cooperation with the mirrors ( Isp ) as further optical functional elements on the warm-up area ( a , b) steers.

Figure 20

the 20th essentially corresponds to 14th . A modification of the device enables the processing of functional fibers ( ff ) is possible with a larger bending radius. As a result, the radiator ( hk ) no longer symmetrical and the functional fiber ( ff ) no longer hits the surface perpendicularly ( of ) the new layer ( npw ). Rotate the radiator ( hk ) can be used to solve this problem depending on the current xy insertion position of the insertion point ( ep ) and the intended insertion direction of the functional fiber ( ff ) for this insertion point ( ep ) by means of a computer-controlled stepper motor around an axis of rotation ( Oh ) rotate. The axis of rotation ( Oh ) preferably goes through the insertion point ( ep ). The rotation controls preferably said computing and control system. The turning device turns the radiator ( hk ) then preferably always in such a way that the component of the first speed ( v1 ) of the motion vector of the radiator ( hk ) in the xy plane, preferably essentially parallel to the component of the direction vector of the functional fiber ( ff ) is in the xy plane. This alignment of the ejection direction of the functional fiber ( ff ) from the channel ( kn ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) using the rotating device on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) enables the laying of especially thick functional fibers ( ff ) in curves. 20th shows the rotating device is not itself in the for better clarity. A possible direction of rotation and the virtual axis ( Oh ) by which the rotation of the radiator ( hk ), but are shown.

Figure 21 and Figure 22

21 and 22nd show the test setup. 21 shows a drawing of the test setup. 22nd shows a corresponding rasterized photo of the test set-up, which corresponds to the drawing. The photo shows the engine ( M. ), the solidified area ( vb ), the radiator ( hk ), the powder layer ( pv ), the heat spreader ( wv ), an additional Aluminum foil for better separability of the workpiece ( wst ) after the production of the heat spreader, a second radiator ( hk2 ), the second heater ( hz2 ), the stepper motor ( VSM ) for the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface ( of ) the shift ( pw ) and the supply line of the temperature sensor ( ts ) to the second heating device ( hz2 ). 22nd also shows the linkage for the spindle ( SP ) that the engine ( M. ) drives, and part of the wiring.

Figure 23 and Figure 24

23 and 24 show a detail of the device of FIG 21 and 22nd . 23 is a drawing, the content of which corresponds to the image of the 24 corresponds. The double representation in the 23 and 24 ensures that the 24 the content in the 23 is still recognizable. 24 shows a detail of the device from 21 and 22nd . A fourth, typically optional heating device can be seen ( hz4 ). This is shaped, for example, as a ceramic rod, as is known from soldering irons. This fourth heating device heats a metal shoe, which is formed as a sheet metal with a hole, via a thermally conductive mechanical connecting sleeve which is attached to the said ceramic rod. The sheet metal of the metal shoe is essentially parallel to the surface ( of ) the shift ( pv ) aligned. A hole is machined into the sheet metal of the metal shoe into which the radiator ( hk ) reaches in without touching the metal shoe. This means that the metal shoe and the radiator ( hk ) thermally insulated from each other essentially. The metal shoe serves here as a fourth radiator ( hk4 ) that occurs when the radiator is moved ( hk ) at the first speed ( v1 ) parallel to the surface ( of ) a temperature profile at the swept points on the surface of the layer ( pv ) generated. If necessary, the use of additional radiators enables more complicated temperature profiles to be implemented. The solidified area can be seen ( vb ), the additional aluminum foil ( al ), the heat spreader ( wv ), the second heater ( hz2 ), the lead for the thermocouple to measure the temperature of the second heating element ( hz2 ) and the stepper motor ( VSM ) for the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface ( of ) the shift ( pw ).

Figure 25

the 25th again essentially corresponds to 14th . Now the one from the 21 until 24 known fourth radiator ( hk4 ) drawn in as an example. The fourth radiator is used to design the temperature profile when the radiator moves ( hk ) over the surface ( of ) the shift ( pw ) in the first distance ( f ). The fourth radiator ( hk4 ) is preferably fixed to the fastening of the radiator ( hk ) so that it is preferably permanently in roughly the same position relative to the radiator ( hk ) remain.

25th indicates the feed unit that carries the functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface ( of ) the shift ( pv ) transported, here as an example. In this example, the feed unit in the form of the fiber feed device comprises a drive roller ( ar ), for example a stepper motor ( VSM ) drives. The axle of the drive roller is mounted in such a way that the drive roller ( ar ) their position relative to the channel ( kn ) and to the radiator ( hk ) does not change. The drive roller ( ar ) opposite is a spring-loaded and rotatable pressure roller ( pr ), which by the resilient mounting with a force F. the functional fiber ( ff ) against the drive roller ( ar ) presses. The drive roller ( ar ) preferably has grooves or teeth in order to reduce the friction between the functional fiber ( ff ) and the drive roller ( ar ) to maximize.

A cutting and separating device shown as an example ( av ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) cuts the functional fiber ( ff ), if it is necessary to end the insertion process of a functional fiber section. The movement of the radiator at the first speed ( v1 ) in interaction with the friction between the solidified area ( vb ) and the powder bed ( pw , npw ) pull that in the channel ( kn ) Remaining pieces of the functional fiber out of the duct. It should be noted that the remainder of the functional fiber ( ff ) in the channel ( kn ) a frictional force on contact with the inner wall of the duct ( kn ) that is the opposite of this. Is that already in the solidified area ( vb ) embedded functional fiber section is too small, the friction between this solidified area is sufficient ( vb ) and the powder bed ( pw , npw ) is not enough to overcompensate this force and the solidified area ( vb ) starts moving and the remainder of the functional fiber does not leave the canal reliably ( kn ). For this reason, a minimum length of the functional fiber ( ff ) must be embedded in the solidified area before the cutting and separating device ( av ) can be done.

The use of another fourth radiator ( hk4 ), which the fourth heating device ( hz4 ) tempered is conceivable. Various factors can determine a temperature profile over time for a point on the surface of the powder ( pw ) (as workpiece ( wst )) for the implementation of the insertion process of the functional fiber ( ff ) at this point. A first factor can be the distance between the underside of the fourth radiator ( hk4 ) and the surface of the workpiece. A second factor can be the shape of the underside of the fourth radiator ( hk4 ) being. A third factor can be the choice of the first speed ( v1 ) being. Other factors such as ventilation or the temperature of the process chamber ( pk ) can also influence the temperature curve.

Figures 26 and 27

the 26th and 27 show the insertion of a functional fiber ( ff ) from the channel ( kn ) of a radiator ( hk ) coming into a melted area, the melting area ( b ). 27 shows the rasterized photo of the insertion of a functional fiber ( ff ) from the radiator ( hk ) into a melted area. 26th shows a corresponding simplified and schematic drawing. Since the area immediately under the radiator ( hk ) very close to the surface ( of ) the shift ( pv ) (or the workpiece ( wst )) floats, this area is difficult to light, which is why the picture is very bright.

In this picture the functional fiber ( ff ) when exiting the sewer ( kn ) to recognize. the 26th and the 27 show the freezing area ( eb ) and the solidified area ( vb ) as well as a not yet melted warm-up area ( away ).

Figure 28

28 shows an exemplary electrical functional fiber ( ff ). An exemplary first weld or solder connection connects a first wire ( d1 ) electrical and mechanical with a first connection ( A1 ) a resistor ( R. ). An exemplary second weld or solder connection connects a second wire (d2) electrically and mechanically to a second connection ( A2 ) a resistor ( R. ). A filler material ( fm ) surrounds this sub-device. This construction is then in a tube ( sl ). The methods and devices presented above can be used, for example, for additive manufacturing this hose ( sl ) into the material of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) embed. Instead of the resistor, it can also be, for example, another electronic component or an integrated microelectronic circuit, etc., which embed the relevant methods or devices. A multi-core cable can also replace the first wire and / or the second wire when using stranded wires. Insulation materials preferably electrically isolate the wires of such a multi-wire cable from one another. As insulation, the wires are preferably wrapped with glass fabric in order to be able to withstand the heating during the insertion process.

Figure 29

29 shows a robot with six degrees of freedom ( a1 until a6 ) for positioning the radiator ( hk ) with the functional fiber feed device including the pressure roller ( pr ) and the drive roller ( ar ). The motors, the cutting device etc. are not shown for the sake of simplicity. A motor preferably winds the functional fiber ( ff ) from a supply roll ( vr ) away. The functional fiber feed device threads the functional fiber into a subsequent section of the channel ( kn ) on. A workpiece heater, not shown, preferably heats the workpiece ( wst ) in front. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) lays the functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) by locally selective melting of the surface ( of ) in this example. The ones from the radiator ( hk ) In this example, outgoing infrared radiation causes this locally selective melting of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). Except for the more complex positioning device in the form of a robot, the situation corresponds to that of 14th . In the 29 the powder of the powder bed is removed in this example. The workpiece is preferred ( wst ) a result of additive manufacturing. After inserting the functional fibers ( ff ) the robot can use the tool to insert the functional fibers ( ff ) switch to an extruder tool that includes, for example, an extruder and a filament. The robot can then apply the next layer of filament material to the workpiece ( wst ) Instruct. The robot can then use the extruder tool against the tool for inserting the functional fibers ( ff ) and the next layer of functional fibers ( ff ) in the newly applied layer and so on.

Figure 30

• Bereitstellen einer Oberfläche (of) eines ersten Materials, insbesondere der Oberfläche eines Werkstücks (wst) und/oder einer Schicht (pw).

30th represents an exemplary variant of a method for manufacturing a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing. 30th shows the exemplary step sequence for embedding a functional fiber section in the surface ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) and / or the surface (OF) of a layer ( pw , npw ). The layer ( pw , npw ) or the workpiece are made of a first material. The exemplary method comprises the steps of Step A:

• Providing a surface ( of ) of a first material, in particular the surface of a workpiece ( wst ) and / or a layer ( pw ).

• Heizen des Heizkörpers (hk) auf eine zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂), wobei der Heizkörper (hk) aus mehreren Heizkörpern (hk1, hk2) bestehen kann, die unterschiedliche zweite Prozesstemperaturen (ϑ_2a, ϑ_2b) aufweisen können.

step B. :

• Heating the radiator ( hk ) to a second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby the radiator ( hk ) from several radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) can exist, which can have different second process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b ).

• Aufwärmen des Materials im Bereich des Heizkörpers (hk) in einem Aufwärmbereich (a, b)
  • • durch Infrarotstrahlung des Heizkörpers (hk) und/oder
  • • durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of) und/oder
  • • durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (of) und/oder
  • • durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of).

Step C:

• Warming up the material in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b )
  • • by infrared radiation from the radiator ( hk ) and or
  • • by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and or
  • • through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( of ) and or
  • • by heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ).

A positioning device changes the position of the radiator ( hk ) by means of the feed of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) along the surface ( of ) at a first distance ( f ) to the surface ( of ) at a first speed ( v1 ). For curved surfaces ( of ) of a workpiece ( wst ) a multi-axis positioning device (see 29 ), for example a robot, can be used.

• Aufschmelzen eines Teils des Materials im Aufwärmbereich (a,b) in einem Aufschmelzbereich (b) innerhalb des Aufwärmbereiches (a,b) infolge des Aufwärmens in Schritt C zu aufgeschmolzenem Material;

Step D:

• Melting part of the material in the warm-up area ( a , b) in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b) as a result of the heating in step C to form molten material;

• Einlegen eines Funktionsfaserabschnitts einer Funktionsfaser (ff) in den Aufschmelzbereich (b) Schritt F:
  • Beenden des Aufschmelzens durch Verminderung des Energietransports vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (of) und durch die daraus resultierende Absenkung der Temperatur des Aufschmelzbereiches (b), wobei die daraus resultierende Absenkung der Temperatur des Aufschmelzbereiches (b) den Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) wandelt;

Steps:

• Insertion of a functional fiber section of a functional fiber ( ff ) in the melting area ( b ) Step F. :
  • Ending the melting process by reducing the energy transport from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and the resulting lowering of the temperature of the melting area ( b ), whereby the resulting lowering of the temperature of the melting area ( b ) the melting area ( b ) to a solidification area ( c ) converts;

• Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen Materials zu erstarrten Material im Erstarrungsbereich (c), wobei das Erstarren den Erstarrungsbereich (c) zu einem Verfestigungsbereich (d) wandelt, in dem beispielsweise die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) den betreffenden Funktionsfaserabschnitt der Funktionsfaser (ff) zumindest teilweise eingelegt hat.

Step G:

• Solidification of the melted material to solidified material in the solidification area ( c ), the solidification being the solidification area ( c ) to a consolidation area ( d ) converts, in which, for example, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the relevant functional fiber section of the functional fiber ( ff ) has at least partially inserted.

Figure 31

31 shows the exemplary step sequence of a further proposed method for manufacturing a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing. The method focuses on the use of a powder bed without restricting the applicability of the method to it. This version of the procedure includes the steps

Step 1

Provision of a heat spreader ( wv ) with a planar surface ( of );

step 2

Applying a layer ( pw ) made of a material on the surface ( of ) with formation of a new surface ( open ) parallel to the surface;

step 3

Approaching a radiator ( hk ) to the new surface ( open );

Step 4

Heating the radiator ( hk ) to a second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby the heating also occurs before or after the heating element is brought up ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) and where the radiator ( hk ) from several radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) can exist with different second process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b);

Step 5

• - durch Infrarotstrahlung des Heizkörpers (hk) und/oder
• - durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
• - durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und neuer Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
• - durchWärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn);

Warming up the material in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a , b )

• - by infrared radiation from the radiator ( hk ) and or
• - by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) and or
• - through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and new surface ( open ) and or
• - by heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open );

Step 6

Melting part of the material in the warm-up area ( a , b ) in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( a , b ) as a result of the warm-up in step 5 to melted material;

Step 7

• • durch abschließendes Wegführen des Heizkörpers (hk) von der neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder
• • durch Absenkung der Temperatur des Heizkörpers (hk) unter die zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂), wobei die Absenkung der Temperatur des Heizkörpers (hk) unter die zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂) jeweils den Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Erstarrungsbereich (c) wandelt,

erfolgen.Ending the melting by lowering the temperature of the melting area below the melting point. This can

• • by finally removing the radiator ( hk ) from the new interface ( open ) and or
• • by lowering the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) below the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby the lowering of the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) below the second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ) the melting range ( b ) to a solidification area ( c ) converts,

respectively.

• Nach dem Absenken der Temperatur im Aufschmelzbereich (b) erfolgt das Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen Materials zu erstarrten Material im Erstarrungsbereich (c). Das Erstarren der Schmelze fixiert die Funktionsfaser (ff), die beispielsweise die Funktionsfasereinlegevorrichtung (ft) ggf. zuvor in die Schmelze im Aufschmelzbereich (b) eingelegt hat.

Step 8:

• After lowering the temperature in the melting area ( b ) the solidification of the melted material takes place to solidified material in the solidification area ( c ). The solidification of the melt fixes the functional fiber ( ff ), for example the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) if necessary beforehand into the melt in the melting area ( b ) has inserted.

Figure 32

32 shows the exemplary step sequence of a further proposed method for manufacturing a three-dimensional body, in particular additive manufacturing. The method focuses on the use of a powder bed without restricting the applicability of the method to it. In contrast to the method of 31 The method variant now discussed now comprises an inserted sintering or melting step (step 2a). This version of the procedure includes the steps

• Bereitstellen eines Wärmeverteilers (wv) mit einer planaren Oberfläche (of);

Step 1:

• Provision of a heat spreader ( wv ) with a planar surface ( of );

• Aufbringen einer Schicht (pw) aus einem Material auf die Oberfläche (of) mit Bildung einer neuen Oberfläche (ofn) parallel zu der Oberfläche;

Step 2:

• Applying a layer ( pw ) made of a material on the surface ( of ) with formation of a new surface ( open ) parallel to the surface;

• Selektives Sintern oder Aufschmelzen des Materials der Schicht mittels eines Verfahrens des selektiven Sinterns und/oder Aufschmelzen, insbesondere des selektiven Laser-Sinterns und/oder des selektiven Heat-Sinterns, zu gesintertem Material;

Step 2a

• Selective sintering or melting of the material of the layer by means of a method of selective sintering and / or melting, in particular selective laser sintering and / or selective heat sintering, to form sintered material;

• Heranführen eines Heizkörpers (hk) an die neue Oberfläche (ofn);

step 3

• Approaching a radiator ( hk ) to the new surface ( open );

• Heizen des Heizkörpers (hk) auf eine zweite Prozesstemperatur (ϑ₂), wobei insbesonder die Heizvorrichtung (hz) den Heizkörper (hk) auch zeitlich vor oder zeitlich nach dem Heranführen des Heizkörpers (hk) an die Oberfläche (of) heizen kann. Außerdem kann der Heizkörper (hk) auch mehreren Heizkörpern (hk1, hk2) mit unterschiedlichen Heizvorrichtungen und mit unterschiedlichen zweiten Prozesstemperaturen (ϑ_2a, ϑ_2b) umfassen;

step 4th

• Heating the radiator ( hk ) to a second process temperature (ϑ ₂ ), whereby in particular the heating device (hz) the radiator ( hk ) also before or after the radiator is brought up ( hk ) to the surface ( of ) can heat. In addition, the radiator ( hk ) also several radiators ( hk1 , hk2 ) with different heating devices and with different second process temperatures (ϑ _2a , ϑ _2b );

• Aufwärmen des gesinterten Materials im Bereich des Heizkörpers (hk) in einem Aufwärmbereich (a) durch Infrarotstrahlung des Heizkörpers (hk) und/oder Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und neuer Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur neuen Oberfläche (ofn);

step 5

• Warming up the sintered material in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a ) by infrared radiation from the radiator ( hk ) and / or heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) and / or through direct mechanical contact between radiators ( hk ) and new surface ( open ) and / or heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open );

• Aufschmelzen eines Teils des gesinterten Materials im Aufwärmbereich in einem Aufschmelzbereich innerhalb des Aufwärmbereiches infolge des Aufwärmens in Schritt 5 zu aufgeschmolzenem Material;

step 6th

• Melting a part of the sintered material in the warming-up area in a melting area within the warming-up area as a result of the warming-up in step 5 to melted material;

• Beenden des Aufschmelzens durch abschließendes Wegführen des Heizkörpers (hk) von der neuen Oberfläche (ofn) und/oder durch Absenkung der Temperatur des Heizkörpers (hk) unter die Prozesstemperatur, wobei die Absenkung der Temperatur des Heizkörpers (hk) unter die Prozesstemperatur jeweils den Aufschmelzbereich (b) zu einem Abkühlbereich wandelt;

step 7th

• End the melting process by finally moving away the heating element ( hk ) from the new interface ( open ) and / or by lowering the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) below the process temperature, whereby the lowering of the temperature of the radiator ( hk ) below the process temperature the melting range ( b ) converts to a cooling area;

Step 8 solidification of the melted material to solidified material in the cooling area.

Figure 33

33 illustrates a modified method based on the method of FIG 32 . It preferably includes the additional steps

As step 6, the process includes the additional translational displacement of the radiator ( hk ) during the melting of part of the material or sintered material. This translational shift takes place at a first speed ( v1 ) parallel to new surface ( open ). As a result of this translational shift, at least part of the melted material then leaves the warm-up area ( a , b ) and by this exit then arrives in a cooling area ( c , d ).

As step 6, the resultant drop in temperature of the melt then results in a solidification of this melted material to solidify material in this cooling area. Inserting these steps corresponds to a transition from 2 to 9 .

Figure 34

34 shows the exemplary step sequence of a further proposed method for manufacturing a three-dimensional body, in particular for additive manufacturing. The process focuses on the repetition of the various process steps for subsequent powder layers without restricting the applicability of the process to them. In contrast to the method of 32 the procedure now carries out most of the steps several times. In particular, the method may apply several layers. This version of the method comprises the steps that occur after the end of the melting process (step 7th ) lie: step 9 .0

Use of the new interface ( open ) as a surface ( of ) the heat spreader for subsequent steps;

Step 9.1

Repeat the step 2 , if the method is to start a new layer, and / or of step 2a, if the method only covers a different area of the surface ( of ) the shift ( pw ) should edit;

Step 9.2

Repeat the step if necessary 3 if the procedure covers another area of the surface ( of ) the shift ( pw ) should edit;

Step 9.3

Repeat the step 4th ;

Step 9.4

Repeat the step 5 ;

Step 9.5

Repeat the step 6th ;

Step 9.1

if necessary, repeat step 6;

Step 9.2

if necessary, repeat step 6. This step is omitted if the method is only intended to melt a punctiform area;

Step 9.6

Repeat the step if necessary 7th This step is not necessary if the process is only intended to melt a punctiform area;

Step 9.7

performing the step again 8th ;

Step 9.8

If necessary, repeat steps 9 to 9.8 and / or repeat steps 9 to 9.8 (new layer) and / or repeat steps 9 to 9.8 (new functional fiber / new fused area).

Figure 35

the 35 largely corresponds to 34 . In addition to the steps of the 34 there are now two substeps of step 9.1 during step 9.1. The first substep of step 9.1 is step 9.1.1 of feeding in a functional fiber ( ff ). The second sub-step of step 9.1 is step 9.1.2 of inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melted material in the melting area ( b ). These two sub-steps are synchronous with the translational movement of the radiator ( hk ) at the first speed ( v1 ). This is preferably done, inter alia, for example, in a third substep of step 9.1, de, step 9.1.3. In step 9.1.3, the functional fiber feed device pushes the functional fiber ( ff ) parallel to step 9.1.1 during step 9.1 in the direction of the workpiece ( wst ) in front. The feed preferably has a second speed ( v2 ), which are in Essentially preferably equal to the first speed ( v1 ) is.

Preferably the radiator brings ( hk ) the functional fiber ( ff ) before inserting into the melt of the melting area ( b ) to a third process temperature (ϑ ₃ ), which prevents the melt at the insertion point ( ep ) by inserting the functional fiber, which typically has a different temperature ( ff ) stiffens.

Figure 36

The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) can be used as a heat conduction device. This is the case when the functional fibers ( ff ) the amount of thermal energy conducted is greater than the amount of energy required to melt the first material of the layer ( pw ) the functional fiber ( ff ) withdraws. It is then possible to use the functional fiber ( ff ) a hole in the first material of the layer ( pw ) to melt and the functional fiber ( ff ) to be inserted vertically. If the regulator of the computing and control system of the device throttles the energy supply for the radiator ( hk ) and thus for the functional fiber ( ff ), the melt solidifies in the melting area ( b ) and the functional fiber ( ff ) is perpendicular to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) inserted. It should be noted here that such a vertical insertion into the surface can lead to problems if the method used is a squeegee ( rk ) starts. When using the functional fiber ( ff ) The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) thus vertically and horizontally into the melt in the melting area ( b ) insert.

Figure 37

37 largely corresponds to 35 . In addition, the method now includes the optional step 9.1 of severing, in particular mechanical severing, of the functional fiber ( ff ) in particular with a cutting and separating device ( av ) in such a way that a part of the functional fiber ( ff ) remains in the material that has now solidified after step 9.

Figure 38

38 shows by way of example in a top view how the radio fiber insertion device ( ft ) a functional fiber ( ff ), which is supposed to be an electrical line here, for example, can be inserted in a U-shape. The U-shape is interesting for current sensors. When the electrically conductive functional fiber is supplied with electrical current, a magnetic field is generated. In some applications it may be necessary to strengthen the magnetic field to be generated locally. For this purpose, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) when inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melted material in the melting area ( b ) so that, after the melt has solidified, it has a curvature other than zero in at least one area with an axis of curvature. The functional fiber insertion device lays the functional fiber with this non-zero curvature during step 9.1 or during step 6th into the surface of the workpiece. In this way, proposed 3D printing devices can produce electrical coils, that is to say inductors and the like. In the case of electrical conductivities, they are particularly preferably flat coils. Individual levels of the flat coils preferably have the shape of a logarithmic spiral. A plurality of flat coils of different levels (slices) are preferably electrically connected to one another, so that they result in an electrical series connection of these flat coils.

Figure 39

• Schritt I Bereitstellen eines Werkstücks (pw) aus einem ersten Material und einer Oberfläche (ofn);
• Schritt II Heranführen eines Heizkörpers (hk) an die Oberfläche (ofn);
• Schritt III Aufwärmen des ersten Materials des Werkstücks (pw) an der Oberfläche (ofn) im Bereich des Heizkörpers (hk) in einem Aufwärmbereich (a). Dies kann insbesondere geschehen
  • • durch elektromagnetische Strahlung, die der Heizkörper (hk) z.B. als Infrarotstrahlung ( 2) oder als Laser-Strahlung emittiert (19) oder die der Heizkörper (hk), der dann bevorzugt für diese elektromagnetische Strahlung transparent ist, durch sich hindurch transmittiert, und/oder
  • • durch Wärmetransport mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • • durch direkten mechanischen Kontakt zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • • durch Wärmetransport mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser, vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks;
• Schritt IV Aufschmelzen eines Teils des ersten Materials im Aufwärmbereich in einem Aufschmelzbereich (b) innerhalb des Aufwärmbereiches (ab) infolge des Aufwärmens in Schritt III zu aufgeschmolzenem, erstem Material;
• Schritt V Verschiebung des Heizkörpers (hk) während des Aufschmelzens eines Teils des ersten Materials,
  • • wobei diese Verschiebung mit einer ersten Geschwindigkeit (v1) parallel zur Kontur der Oberfläche (ofn) erfolgt und
  • • wobei insbesondere diese Verschiebung eine Änderung der Position und/oder Orientierung des Heizkörpers unter Ausnutzung von rotatorischen und/oder translatorischen Freiheitsgraden sein kann und
  • • zuführen einer Funktionsfaser (ff) während der translatorischen Verschiebung und
  • • Einlegen der Funktionsfaser (ff) in das aufgeschmolzene erste Material im Aufschmelzbereich und
  • • wobei durch diese Verschiebung zumindest ein Teil des aufgeschmolzenen ersten Materials mit der eingelegten Funktionsfaser (ff) den Aufwärmbereich verlässt und in einen durch Verschiebung entstandenen Abkühlbereich gelangt. 29 skizziert die mechanische Vorrichtung hierzu.
• Schritt VI Erstarren dieses aufgeschmolzenen ersten Materials zu erstarrten ersten Material in diesem durch Verschiebung entstandenen Abkühlbereich.
• Schritt VII Beenden des Aufschmelzens, insbesondere
  • • durch Absenkung der Intensität der elektromagnetischen Strahlung, die der Heizkörper (hk) emittiert oder die den Heizkörper durch sich hindurch transmittiert, und/oder
  • • durch Reduktion des Wärmetransports mittels Konvektion vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • • durch Beendigung des direkten mechanischen Kontakts zwischen Heizkörper (hk) und Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks (pw) und/oder
  • • durch Beendigung oder Verminderung des Wärmetransports mittels einer Wärmeleitvorrichtung, insbesondere einer Funktionsfaser (ff), vom Heizkörper (hk) zur Oberfläche (ofn) des Werkstücks,
  wobei das Beenden des Aufschmelzens jeweils den Aufschmelzbereich zu einem Abkühlbereich wandelt;
• Schritt VIII Erstarren des aufgeschmolzenen ersten Materials zu erstarrten ersten Material im Abkühlbereich.

39 illustrates another exemplary procedure ( 39 ). Instead of producing the workpiece, inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) now a workpiece ( wst ). It is therefore a process for modifying a three-dimensional body, in particular for the additive manufacturing of composite materials. It includes the steps:

• Step I Provision of a workpiece ( pw ) from a first material and a surface ( open );
• Step II bringing in a radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open );
• Step III warming up the first material of the workpiece ( pw ) on the surface ( open ) in the area of the radiator ( hk ) in a warm-up area ( a ). This can happen in particular
  • • by electromagnetic radiation emitted by the radiator ( hk ) e.g. as infrared radiation ( 2 ) or emitted as laser radiation ( 19th ) or those of the radiators ( hk ), which is then preferably transparent to this electromagnetic radiation, transmits through itself, and / or
  • • by heat transport by convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • • through direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • • by heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber, from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece;
• Step IV melting part of the first material in the warm-up area in a melting area ( b ) within the warm-up area ( away ) as a result of the heating in step III to melted, first material;
• Step V moving the radiator ( hk ) during the melting of part of the first material,
  • • where this shift occurs at a first speed ( v1 ) parallel to the contour of the surface ( open ) takes place and
  • • where in particular this shift can be a change in the position and / or orientation of the heater using rotational and / or translational degrees of freedom and
  • • feeding a functional fiber ( ff ) during the translational shift and
  • • Insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melted first material in the melting area and
  • • whereby at least part of the melted first material with the inserted functional fiber ( ff ) leaves the warm-up area and enters a cooling area created by displacement. 29 outlines the mechanical device for this.
• Step VI solidification of this melted first material to solidify first material in this cooling area created by displacement.
• Step VII Ending the melting, in particular
  • • by lowering the intensity of the electromagnetic radiation emitted by the radiator ( hk ) emits or which transmits the radiator through it, and / or
  • • by reducing the heat transport by means of convection from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • • by ending the direct mechanical contact between the radiator ( hk ) and surface ( open ) of the workpiece ( pw ) and or
  • • by terminating or reducing the heat transport by means of a heat conduction device, in particular a functional fiber ( ff ), from the radiator ( hk ) to the surface ( open ) of the workpiece,
  wherein the termination of the melting converts the melting area into a cooling area in each case;
• Step VIII Solidification of the melted first material to solidify first material in the cooling area.

Figure 40

40 content corresponds to 39 where a step VI of feeding the functional fiber ( ff ) parallel to step V at a second speed ( v2 ) during step V takes place. The second speed ( v2 ) is typically essentially the same as the first speed ( v1 ).

Figure 41

41 content corresponds to 40 whereby a step V.II of severing, in particular mechanical severing with a cutting and severing device ( av ), the functional fiber ( ff ). The cutting and separating device ( av ) cuts the functional fiber ( ff ) preferably in the form that a part of the functional fiber ( ff ) remains in the solidified first material.

Figures 42 to 52

the 42 until 52 show the complete embedding of a thick functional fiber ( ff ). A thick functional fiber ( ff ) in the sense of this disclosure is a functional fiber ( ff ) whose thickness is greater than the depth of the melting of the material of the layer ( pw ) from the new interface ( open ) measured depth ( e ) the melting of the material of the layer ( pw ) from the new interface ( open ) measured.

Figure 42

42 represents the first step in such an embedding process 42 the embedding process performs the first step as a step of thermal transfer sintering (TTS) (English Selective Heat Sintering (SSH)). The figure corresponds completely to the 9 . A radiator ( hk ) melts the layer ( pw ) in the 42 locally on. In the 42 this melted area solidifies again to a solidified area ( vb ). At this point, please refer to the comments on 9 referenced.

Figure 43

43 represents an exemplary alternative method for carrying out the first step. Instead of a method of thermal transfer sintering (TTS) (English Selective Heat Sintering), the method now shown as an example uses a method of selective laser sintering (SLS). A laser beam ( LB1 ) the powder layer melts ( pw ) locally up to a predetermined depth ( e ) in a melting area ( away ) on. This then solidifies again to form a solidified area ( vb ). With regard to the remaining reference symbols, refer to the preceding statements, the list of reference symbols and, for example, the description of FIG 9 referenced.

Figure 44

In a second step, the advance of a squeegee ( rk ) a new layer of powder with a thickness equal to that of the second distance ( G ) the lower edge ( uk ) the squeegee ( rk ) to the old surface ( aof ) the shift ( pw ) is equivalent to. the 44 fully corresponds to 10 . At this point, reference is made to the statements made there.

Figure 45

the 45 corresponds to the state after the application of the additional powder layer in the second step of FIG 44 .

Figure 46

In the 46 lays the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) in a third process step now a thick functional fiber ( ff ) into one through the radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) generated melt in a melted area ( away ) on. Here the radiator generates ( hk ) the melted area in an, for example, not yet melted area of the layer ( pw ). the 46 equals to 13th . In contrast to 13th but now there is no complete insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt in the melted area ( away ) possible. This means that the functional fiber ( ff ) over the surface ( of ) still protrudes.

Figure 47

47 equals to 14th . In the 47 lays the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) in a third process step now a thick functional fiber ( ff ) into one through the radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) generated melt in a melted area ( away ) on. Here, for example, the radiator does not generate the melted area as in FIG 46 in a not yet melted area of the layer ( pw ), but in an already previously melted and then re-solidified former solidified area ( vb ). In contrast to 14th but now there is no complete insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the melt in the melted area ( away ) possible. This means that the functional fiber ( ff ) also here over the surface ( of ) still protrudes.

Figure 48

48 shows the situation after inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) in the former melting area ( away ) after consolidation to the consolidated area ( vb ). To simplify matters 48 the functional fiber ( ff ) and the surrounding solidified areas ( vb ) is shortened.

Figure 49

the 49 represents the application of another layer of powder ( npw ) on the old surface ( aof ) in a fourth process step. The process step typically corresponds to the second process step of 44 . the 49 differs in that from the old surface ( aof ) outstanding functional fiber ( ff ) from the state of the 44 . Due to the partial embedding of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the solidified area ( vb ) tears the squeegee ( rk ) the functional fiber ( ff ) when she applies the next layer of powder. This is a known problem in the prior art, which is solved. The partial embedding of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the solidified area ( vb ) restricts the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) on. This restriction of the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) prevents the functional fiber from tearing out ( ff ) from the powder bed in this step.

Figure 50

50 largely corresponds to 42 . Now, however, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) by means of your radiator ( hk ) the already partially embedded functional fiber ( ff ) in a fifth process step by melting the previously additionally applied layer in the new melting area ( away ) completely. It is a selective thermal transfer process (English: Selective Heat Sintering Process)

Figure 51

51 represents an alternative execution of the fifth process step by melting the layer ( npw ) in a melting area ( away ) by means of a laser beam ( LB1 ). It is a selective laser sintering process.

Figure 52

52 represents the end result of the five process steps. The process sequence of the 42 until 52 shows the process step of separating the continuous fiber of the functional fiber ( ff ) just not to simplify the illustration. This document refers to the above statements on this.

Figure 53

53 shows the exemplary process flow for a complete embedding of a thick functional fiber ( ff ) by thermal transfer sintering (selective heat sintering) of the non-melted powder of the layer ( pw ).

Figure 54

54 shows the exemplary process flow for a complete embedding of a thick functional fiber ( ff ) by thermal transfer sintering (selective heat sintering) and / or laser sintering of the already melted and re-solidified powder of the layer ( pw ).

Figure 55

55 shows a schematic drawing of a strand made of functional fibers inserted in a thermoplastic powder ( ff ). 55 shows the functional fibers as points in the cross-section shown. The solidified area ( vb ) borders irregularly at the bottom to the still powdery area ( pw ) away. The functional fiber strand, here a carbon fiber, is coated with a size ( SL ) Mistake. It is of particular importance that the sizing ( SL ) of the functional fiber strand is chosen so that it contains both the functional fibers ( ff ) as well as the solidified area ( vb ) and an outwardly directed meniscus (mi) forms with a contact angle χ <90 °. If the procedure for embedding the functional fiber ( ff ) no size is used or if the functional fibers ( ff ) have no sizing on their surface, the wetting angle between the melt of the melted area (melted area ( b )) and the surface of the functional fiber ( ff ) smaller 90 °, better smaller 45 °, better smaller 25 °, better smaller 10 °.

Figure 56

Shows a photo of a cut that the 55 corresponds directly.

Figure 57

Figure 57A)

57 A) shows the process flow in an SLS system based on a Pirrung diagram. The Pirrung diagram corresponds to the state of the art.

Figure 57 B)

The step “sintering the component” has been modified here. 57B represents this modification of the step “sintering the component”. The additional, proposed process steps, which distinguish the process proposed here from the state of the art, are surrounded by a dashed polygon and labeled “proposed fiber integration process”. The proposed process also includes a repeated query as to whether a functional fiber ( ff ) in the current interface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) should be introduced. If the introduction of another functional fiber ( ff ) in the relevant position of the workpiece ( wst ) is necessary, the positioning device moves an at least temporarily unit of the tool changing device ( wwv ) and functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and thus the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the workpiece ( wst ) and positions it. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and / or a functional fiber degree of freedom restriction device restrict the degree of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ). As suggested here, this can be done by inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into a melt that was previously at the insertion point ( ep ) the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) was generated. This can also be done by putting down the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and then restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) respectively. This can be done, for example, by covering with material and then melting and / or sintering or gluing or attaching the functional fiber ( ff ) respectively. The deposition of adhesive can take place before the functional fiber ( ff ) take place in particular on the layer of adhesive. Since they are preferably "continuous fibers", i.e. extremely long functional fibers ( ff ) is typically a step of separating the functional fiber ( ff ) preferably by means of a cutting and separating device ( av ) necessary. If the introduction of further functional fibers ( ff ) is necessary in this component level, the proposed device typically repeats the process.

The positioning device preferably transports the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) after inserting the functional fibers ( ff ) in a typically predetermined parking position, for example the position of a tool setting device ( wav1 , wav2 ), where it typically remains until the next use.

• Ein ein Motor der Funktionsfaserspule wickelt ein Stück Funktionsfaser (ff) ab.

The method variant described here typically includes additional steps before the powder application, if the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) a functional fiber ( ff ) should insert:

• A motor of the functional fiber spool winds a piece of functional fiber ( ff ) away.

The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) moves and positions the unwound piece of functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or the shift.

The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) or a functional fiber degree of freedom restriction device restricts the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) on. As suggested here as the first possibility, this can be done by melting the surface of the workpiece or the layer ( pw ) happen and the final solidification of the melt with the inserted functional fiber ( ff ). A first alternative method involves gluing the functional fiber ( ff ) on the workpiece surface. A second alternative method for restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) includes the opening of a groove, e.g. by milling and vacuuming the chips, inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) and the immobilization of the functional fiber ( ff ) for example by gluing or overmolding with plastic or the like in the groove. A third, alternative method comprises the production of the groove walls by sintering, in particular by a selective sintering process, for example by selective laser sintering. The third method preferably comprises removing the unsintered material of the layer ( pw ) within the groove. Vacuuming the unused powder material from the groove is one way of removing the unsintered material from the groove. The third method also preferably includes the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the groove created in this way and the subsequent gluing or potting of the groove. It is conceivable that the advance of a squeegee ( rk ) by means of a doctor blade feed device which, in addition to the functional fiber ( ff ) fills any remaining hollow spaces in the groove (groove), for example with powder intended for sintering. The problem then is that the powder material layer to be melted is then thicker. It is conceivable to use this material with a higher heating power, e.g. by means of a longer-dwell laser beam or a slower moving laser beam or a hotter or longer moving heater ( hk ) to melt sufficiently. It is also conceivable that the depth of the groove is smaller than the thickness of the functional fiber ( ff ) to select an intimate mechanical connection between functional fibers ( ff ) and melted material.

Once the process of restricting the degrees of freedom has been completed or is about to be completed, the functional fiber is separated ( ff ) for example by means of a cutting and separating device (av).

If necessary, the functional fiber insertion device places the ends of the functional fiber ( ff ) separately. Typically there is a distance between the insertion point of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the workpiece ( wst ) and the cutting point at which the cutting and separating device (av) the functional fiber ( ff ) separates if necessary. Only then is the next layer of powder applied.

Figure 58

Figure 58A)

58 A) shows the process flow in an additive manufacturing plant based on a Pirrung diagram. 58 shows the applicability of the technical teaching disclosed here to other additive manufacturing processes. In this respect, all of the features disclosed here can also be used for other additive manufacturing processes, provided this makes sense.

The Pirrung diagram corresponds to the state of the art.

Figure 58B)

The step "Extrude or additive manufacturing of the component" is modified here. This modification of the step "extrusion or additive manufacturing of the component" is in 58B shown. The additional, proposed process steps, which distinguish the process proposed here from the state of the art, are surrounded by a dashed polygon and labeled “proposed fiber integration process”. The proposed process also includes a repeated query as to whether the device has a functional fiber ( ff ) should bring in. If the device has a functional fiber ( ff ) in the relevant position of the workpiece ( wst ) is to be introduced, moves and positions the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ). The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) or a special functional fiber degree of freedom restriction device restricts the degree of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) on. As suggested here, this can be done by inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) in a melt, for example the radiator ( hk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) beforehand at the insertion point ( ep ) generated. However, this can also be done by removing the functional fiber ( ff ) on the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) and then restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) respectively. This can be done, for example, by covering the functional fiber ( ff ) with material and subsequent melting and / or sintering into the workpiece ( wst ) or gluing or attaching the functional fiber ( ff ) on the workpiece ( wst ) respectively. The deposition of adhesive can take place before the functional fiber ( ff ) respectively. Since they are preferably "continuous fibers", i.e. extremely long functional fibers ( ff ), the process should include a step of fiber cutting of the functional fiber ( ff ) include.

If the device has additional functional fibers in this component level ( ff ), the device can repeat the process.

A positioning device preferably transports the tool changing device ( wwv ) with the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) after placing the fibers in a typically predetermined parking position, for example a tool depositing device ( wav1 , wav2 ) and sets the functional fiber insertion device there ( ft ) by actuating the tool changing device ( wwv ) until the next use away .

• Der Motor der Funktionsfaserspule oder eine andere Vorrichtung wickelt ein Stück Funktionsfaser (ff) von der Funktionsfaserspule mit dem Funktionsfaservorrat ab.

Should the process involve the insertion of a functional fiber ( ff ), then the method preferably includes before the next layer is deposited on the workpiece ( wst ) additional steps added:

• The motor of the functional fiber spool or another device winds a piece of functional fiber ( ff ) from the functional fiber spool with the functional fiber supply away .

A positioning device moves and positions the unwound piece of functional fiber ( ff ) relative to the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or the layer ( pw ). The functional fiber insertion device or a special functional fiber device restricting the degree of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) on. As suggested here as the first possibility, this can be done by melting the surface of the workpiece or the layer ( pw ) happen and the final solidification of the melt with the inserted functional fiber ( ff ). A first alternative method involves gluing the functional fiber ( ff ) on the workpiece surface.

A second alternative method for restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) includes the opening of a groove, e.g. by milling and vacuuming the chips, inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) and the immobilization of the functional fiber ( ff ) for example by gluing or overmolding with plastic or the like in the groove. A third, alternative method for restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) includes the production of the groove walls by extrusion and / or an additive manufacturing process. The third alternative method also includes removing any excess material within the groove. In this case, the excess material can be removed, for example, by milling or other machining processes, laser ablation, spark erosion or similar function-equivalent processes on the one hand and / or suction or rinsing on the other hand. The functional fiber is also inserted ( ff ) into the groove created in this way and the subsequent gluing or potting of the groove. It is conceivable that the advance of a squeegee ( rk ) fills the groove again, for example with powder intended for sintering. In a subsequent laser sintering step, the laser beam then melts this powder, for example, in the groove. The subsequently re-solidifying melt of the melted powder restricts the degree of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) on. It is also conceivable that an extruder melts a filament and fills the groove with the material of the filament melted in this way, where the material then solidifies and thus the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) restricts. It is conceivable to melt this material sufficiently with a higher heating power, for example by means of a laser beam that remains longer or that moves more slowly or with a higher extruder temperature. It is also conceivable for the depth of the groove (groove) to be smaller than the thickness of the functional fiber ( ff ) to select an intimate mechanical connection between functional fibers ( ff ) and melted material.

Did the device perform the process of restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) or if the device is about to complete this process, the device performs, for example, by means of a cutting and separating device ( av ) cutting through the functional fiber ( ff ) through.

If necessary, the device places the ends of the functional fiber ( ff ) separately by means of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) on. Typically there is a distance between the insertion point of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the workpiece ( wst ) and the cut-off point. Only then is the next layer applied using an extrusion process or another additive manufacturing process.

Figure 59

59 content corresponds to 21 and 22nd , where it is not rasterized, and one shows better resolution. The elements are labeled in plain text. It is attached to the registration documents for documentation, as the grid may lead to a loss of disclosure.

Figures 60 and 61

The content of the 60 and 61 content corresponds to 23 and 24 , where it is not rasterized and shows better resolution. 60 is the for 61 corresponding drawing. The elements are labeled in plain text. It is included with the first registration documents for documentation purposes, as the grid may lead to a loss of disclosure.

Figures 62 and 63

62 equals to 26th . 63 is the non-rasterized version of the 27 . It is attached to the registration documents for documentation, as the grid may lead to a loss of disclosure.

Figures 64 to 67

the 64 until 67 show schematically and simplified an exemplary and successfully tested version of a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool). 64a shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the front. 64b shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the left side. 64c shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the back. 64d shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the right side. 64e shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the top. 64f shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the bottom.

The underside of the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) with the radiator ( hk ) is in operation of the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) or the powder layer ( pv ) as a special shape of a workpiece ( wst ) facing.

65 shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from four different spatial perspectives from oblique views.

This writing marks a device part in the following only in at least the representations of the 64 until 67 . Such a device part is shown in all the perspective drawings 64 until 68 to see if other components of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) do not cover this part of the device.

As already described, shows 64a the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the front. You can see the radiator ( hk ), which, according to the proposal, is located near the radiator ( hk ) located surface ( of ) can melt. The separating and cutting device can also be seen ( av ). The separating and cutting device ( av ) separates due to a signaling of the computing or control system the possibly in the channel ( kn ) the functional fiber located in the fiber insertion device ( ff ) for example with a cutter knife (masv). The motor ( mav ) of the separating / cutting device ( av ) actuates the cutting device knife (masv) via a linkage ( sav , hab) preferably as a function of a signal from the computing or control system. Said linkage comprises in the example of 64 a lever ( hav ), which in the example of 64 directly on the axis of the motor ( mav ) of the separating / cutting device ( av ) is attached. If the rotor of the motor changes ( mav ) its angular position, the lever pushes or pulls depending on the direction of rotation ( hav ) over a rod horizontally onto the end of the knife ( msav ). The knife is rotatably mounted. 67 represents a section through the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), whereby the choice of the cutting line ensures that the 67 the functionality of the exemplary separating and cutting device ( av ) reproduces well.

At the top of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the 64 a bracket (hal) is attached. The bracket (hal) enables, for example, the attachment of a hose for feeding the functional fiber ( ff ) from a supply of functional fibers. For example, a cable tie can mechanically fix the Schlach or other lines to the bracket (hal).

As mentioned earlier, shows 64b the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the left side. You can see the engine ( mar ) the functional fiber feed device ( mar , ar , pr ). The pressure roller ( pr ) the functional fiber feed device ( mar , ar , pr , fed , B. ) for the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) is in 64d ) to recognize. By means of an L-shaped bar ( B. ), which can be rotated around an axis in the bend of the "L" of its L-shape, presses a spring ( fed ) by means of the L-shaped bar ( Bk ) the pressure roller ( pr ) against the drive roller ( ar ).

A locking plate ( vp ) is located on the back of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ). The locking plate ( vp ) has a slot ( vrs ), which corresponds to a cross bolt of a locking pin (vst). The locking pin (vst) is in 68 shown. A turntable ( ds ) can rotate the locking pin (vst) around its longitudinal axis. In a first position that can adjust such a rotation of the locking pin (vst) about its longitudinal axis, the transverse bolt of the locking pin (vst) can close the slot ( vrs ) in the locking plate ( vp ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) happen. In this first position of the locking pin (vst) the rotation of the locking pin (vst) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) in cooperation with the locking plate ( vp ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) with the tool changing device ( wwv ) the 68 connect mechanically by pressing against each other or the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) from the tool changing device ( wwv ) the 68 loosen by turning in the opposite direction. The tool changing device ( wwv ) the 68 is preferably located on a positioning device that, after coupling the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) to the tool changing device ( wwv ) this combination of tool changing device ( wwv ) and functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) depending on the task in particular relative to the workpiece ( wst ) can position. The locking plate ( vp ) points in the area of the slot ( vrs ) preferably has a thickness that depends on the angle around the axis of a hole in the center of the slot ( vrs ) depends. One turn of the locking pin (vst) in said hole of the slot ( vrs ) converts the torque of the turntable ( ds ) the tool changing device ( wwv ) into a force that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) against the tool changing device ( wwv ) presses. The functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) in the example of 64 with three adjusting ball segments ( jk ) Mistake. These three adjustment ball segments ( jk ) correspond to three adjustment bearings (jl) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) (see also 68 ). In the example of the 68 each of the exemplary three adjusting bearings each includes two round adjusting bolts ( jb ), which are installed parallel to each other on the left and right of an adjustment opening. Each pair of adjustment bolts ( jb ) is preferably installed in such a way that its adjustment bolts ( jb ) define a surface whose normal vector is preferably parallel to the axis of the adjustment ball segments ( jk ) is. The adjusting ball segments ( jk ) are after locking the connection between the locking plate ( vp ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and the locking pin (vs) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) on this adjusting bolt ( jb ) then stored mechanically safely and with a repeatable geometric arrangement to one another. As mentioned earlier, shows 64d the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the right side. In addition to the device parts already mentioned above, a limit switch can also be seen. The limit switch signals to the computer of the computing and control system that the knife ( msav ) has reached an end position. Computer turns on the engine preferentially ( msav ) and in this way preferably stops the further movement of the knife ( msav ). Alternatively, other position sensors, for example Hall sensors, can also be used to determine and / or determine the position of the knife ( msav ) possible. In order to prevent damage to the device, it makes sense for the computer or control system to determine the position of the knife ( msav ) monitors and, depending on the determined position, the motor ( mav ) controls the cutting and separating device.

As mentioned above shows 64e the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the top. From this perspective the channel ( kn ) visible, through which, for example, a tube (not shown) the functional fiber ( ff ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) supplies, for example, from a functional fiber spool (also not shown) with the functional fiber supply.

As mentioned above shows 64f shows the exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool) from the bottom. From this perspective the channel ( kn ) in the radiator ( hk ) visible through which the functional fiber ( ff ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) leaves again in the typically heated state and on in the 64 insertion point not shown ( ep ) in the melting area ( b ) the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) penetrates and remains there.

65 shows the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the 64 for better clarity from four different oblique views.

65 shows a section along the line AA through the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ). The section AA is chosen in such a way that the section AA covers the canal ( kn ), which is the functional fiber ( ff ) mechanically guides during the insertion process, cuts in its full length. The positioning of the cut is shown in the left part of the figure 66 shown, this is the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) shows in side view.

The right part of the figure shows the said section along the line AA. The channel ( kn ) shows in the example the 66 two different diameters. In the upper part of the canal ( kn ) in which the radiator ( hk ) opposite section of the canal ( kn ) is the diameter of the duct ( kn ) greater. In the lower part of the channel ( kn ) in the section of the duct that also contains the radiator ( hk ) happens, the diameter of the duct is ( kn ) is smaller in this example. A funnel (tr) fits the diameter of the top section of the duct ( kn ) to the smaller diameter of the duct ( kn ) on. This funnel simplifies that Re-threading of the functional fiber ( ff ) after passing the functional fiber feed device ( ar , pr ) in the lower section of the channel ( kn ). As already described above, a spring presses ( fed ) by means of an L-shaped bar ( Bk ) the pressure roller ( pr ) against the drive roller ( ar ). The motor ( mar ) the functional fiber feed device drives the drive roller ( ar ) on. The functional fiber ( ff ) comes from above through the upper section of the channel ( kn ) between the drive roller ( ar ) and the pressure roller ( pr ). The drive roller ( ar ) rotates and therefore transports the functional fiber ( ff ) further into the lower section of the canal ( kn ). The funnel (tr) ensures that the beginning of the functional fiber ( ff ) when passing this functional fiber feed device for the first time, threading it safely into the lower section of the channel. I lower third of the canal ( kn ) then the functional fiber passes the separating and cutting device ( av ). As in 64 and 65 here as an example the knife ( msav ), the linkage ( sav , hav ). In the 66 is the locking plate ( vp ) seen from the rear. In the example, the locking plate has two wedge structures on the surface of its now facing side, the height of which is above the rear surface of the locking plate ( vp ) from the angular position in relation to the axis of the hole through the slot of the locking plate ( vp ) depends.

67 shows another section through the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ). The cutting plane is now perpendicular to the duct ( kn ). The position of the cutting plane intersects the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) so that the cutting and separating device ( av ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) is easy to see.

The coupling rod ( sav ) between knife ( msav ) and lever ( hav ) the cutting and separating device ( av ) runs in the example of 64 until 67 not parallel to the cutting plane of the 67 . Therefore, the right part of the figure shows 67 , which shows the section BB of the left part of the figure, only part of the coupling rod ( sav ) between knife ( msav ) and lever ( hav ) the cutting and separating device ( av ). The coupling rod ( sav ) couples the knife ( msav ) and the lever ( hav ) the cutting and separating device ( av ). The motor ( mav ) of the cutting and separating device turns the lever ( hav ) as a function of a control signal from the computer or control system. This also swivels the knife ( msav ) by means of a power transmission through the coupling rod ( sav ) between knife ( msav ) and lever ( hav ) the cutting and separating device ( av ) around an axis of rotation. The blade of the knife ( msav ) swivels into a corresponding one of the blade of the knife ( msav ) opposite groove (groove). This forces one in the channel ( kn ) located functional fiber ( ff ) to take a very small bending radius. Is the functional fiber ( ff ) in the channel ( kn ) around a carbon fiber, for example, it typically has a minimal bending radius. The bending radius into which the combination of knife ( msav ) and groove (groove) the functional fiber when swiveling in the blade of the knife ( msav ) into the channel ( kn ), is preferably smaller than the minimum bending radius of the functional fiber to be processed ( ff ) so that it breaks through. This cutting and separating mechanism ( av ) has proven itself for carbon fibers as functional fibers ( ff ) proven. If necessary, the use of other cutting and separating mechanisms such as the use of mechanized scissors for other types of functional fibers ( ff ) functionally equivalent possible.

Figure 68

68 shows the tool changing device ( wwv ), which is preferably attached to the positioning device. The proposed functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) points to the previously described 64 until 67 three adjusting ball segments each ( jk ), to which four adjusting bearings (jl) correspond accordingly. The adjusting bearings (jl) are in the example of 68 manufactured in a bearing plate. Each adjustment bearing (jl) comprises two parallel, round adjustment bolts ( jb ). The adjusting bolts ( jb ) are spaced from each other so that a) the surface of an adjustment ball segment ( jk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) only at a first point with the first adjustment bolt ( jb ) an adjusting bearing (jl) is in contact and that b) the surface of this adjusting ball segment ( jk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) only at a second point with the second adjusting bolt ( jb ) this adjusting bearing (jl) is in contact and that c) the surface of this adjusting ball segment ( jk ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) with no other points on the surface of the tool changing device ( wwv ) is in contact. Thus, the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) in this example preferably exactly six contact points with the tool changing device ( wwv ).

68 also shows the turntable ( ds ). The actuator ( btv ), the 70 shows, rotates the turntable, for example, by means of Bowden cables not shown in the figures ( ds ) in one direction or the other. The locking pin (vst) has a transverse bolt at its end opposite the turntable. By turning the turntable ( ds ) the orientation of the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) changes. This rotation of the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) can cause the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) using the locking plate ( vp ), the adjusting ball segments ( jk ) and the adjustment bearings (jl) with the tool changing device ( wwv ) to the positioning device or uncouple from it.

Figure 69

69 shows a first tool setting device ( wav1 ) and a second tool setting device ( wav2 ), which are mounted on a linkage of the 3D printing device.

Each of the tool depositing devices ( wav1 , wav2 ) has in this example two tool lifting pins ( wtr ) on. The positioning device of the 3D printing device is set down on this. To make this possible, in the example described here of a proposed 3D printing device, tool clamps ( wkl ) appropriate. The tool clamps ( wkl ) hold the tools on the respective tool setting devices ( wav1 , wav2 ) after being set down by the positioning device of the 3D printing device. This enables the computing and control system of the proposed 3D printing device to place the respective tool on a tool setting device that is preferably at least temporarily assigned to the respective tool, depending on control signals from the said computer and control system ( wav1 , wav2 ) at a corresponding parking position within the 3D printing device. The tools can be, for example, the FD_Extruder (extr) and / or the said functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) Act. The left part of the 69 shows two tool depositing devices ( wav1 , wav2 ) without detached tools. In the right part of the figure there is a tool on the right tool setting device ( wav1 ) discontinued.

It is an example of the previously described exemplary functional fiber insertion device ( ft ).

Figure 70

70 shows an exemplary 3D FDM printing device with the proposed capability of inserting a functional fiber ( ff ) into a workpiece ( wst ) during 3D printing.

The exemplary 3D FDM printing device includes the tool changing device already mentioned ( wwv ), an extruder ( extr ) for FDM printing with the help of a filament not shown, a second tool setting device ( wav2 ) as a parking position for the extruder ( extr ), a functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), a first tool setting device ( wav1 ) for this functional fiber insertion device ( ft ), a positioning device, an actuating device ( btv ) for the clamping device from the locking pin (vst) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) and locking plate ( vp ) of the respective tool and a computer system or control system for controlling the plant. The figure leaves out heating plates, air conditioning, etc. for the sake of simplicity. We refer here to the state of the art for FDM 3D printers.

As a rule, the 3D printer is equipped with a tool changing device ( wwv ) first the extruder ( extr ) on the second tool setting device ( wav2 ) record, tape. To do this, the actuating device ( btv ) for the clamping device the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) in such a position that the transverse bolt passes the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) of the extruder can happen. The tool changing device ( wwv ) takes the extruder ( extr ) on. After the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) has the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) of the extruder, the actuator rotates ( btv ) for the clamping device the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) in such a position that the transverse bolt passes the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) of the extruder can no longer happen. Wedges on the back of the locking plate ( vp ) of the extrusion ( extr ) tension the mechanical connection between the tool changing device ( wwv ) and extruder ( extr ) mechanically. Now extruders ( extr ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) a second mechanical unit. Preferably, the proposed printing device determines by means of sensors and / or switches and targeted movements of this unit from the extruder ( extr ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) the exact coordinate of the extruder opening. After the temperature control, the FDM pressure known from the prior art then begins.

The text presented here suggests the insertion of a functional fiber ( ff ) now provides that the extruder ( extr ) the FDM print, preferably after completing the layer, in the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the functional fiber ( ff ) should embed interrupts. For this purpose, the positioning device brings the unit from the extruder ( extr ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) back to the second tool setting device ( wav2 ). After the positioning device has removed the unit from the extruder ( extr ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) into the second tool setting device ( wav2 ), the actuating device brings ( btv ) for the clamping device the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) again in such a position that the cross bolt passes the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) of the extruder can happen. This releases the second mechanical unit from extruder ( extr ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) again.

The positioning device now brings the tool changing device ( wwv ) to the first tool depositing device ( wav1 ). In the first Tool depositing device ( wav1 ) in the example described here is the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ).

The tool changing device ( wwv ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) in the first tool setting device ( wav1 ) on. After the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) has the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) has happened, the actuating device rotates ( btv ) for the clamping device the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) in such a position that the transverse bolt passes the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) can no longer happen. Wedges on the back of the locking plate ( vp ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) tension the mechanical connection between the tool changing device ( wwv ) and the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) mechanically and press this mechanical connection together. Now the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and the tool changing device ( wwv ) a second mechanical unit.

Preferably, the proposed printing device determines by means of sensors and / or switches and targeted movements of this first mechanical unit from the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) the exact coordinate of the outlet opening of the duct ( kn ) the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) or a functionally equivalent coordinate that is permanently related to this opening. A possibly determined offset value is then appropriately taken into account in the following 3D printing process steps by means of an affine coordinate transformation by the computer and control system. After tempering the radiator ( hk ) then one of the procedures described above for inserting a functional fiber begins ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of a workpiece.

This text suggests that FDM 3D printing be resumed after the functional fiber has been inserted ( ff ) now that the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) by turning the cutter and separator ( av ) separates the functional fiber at a typically predetermined point and the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) this remnant piece of the functional fiber ( ff ) between the cutting and separating device on the one hand and the insertion point ( ep ) on the other hand into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) inserts. After finishing the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) the positioning device brings the first mechanical unit from the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) back to the first tool setting device ( wav1 ). After the positioning device has created the first mechanical unit from the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) into the first tool depositing device ( wav1 ), the actuating device brings ( btv ) for the clamping device the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) of the tool changing device ( wwv ) again in such a position that the cross bolt passes the slot ( vrs ) the locking plate ( vp ) of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) can happen. This releases the first mechanical unit from the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) again.

If the 3D printing device is to continue the FDM printing with further layers, which is typically the case, the positioning device of the 3D printing device now brings the tool changing device ( wwv ) back to the second tool setting device ( wav2 ), in which the extruder (ext) is located. After the extruder is taken up ( extr ) through the tool changing device ( wwv ) sets the then newly formed second mechanical unit consisting of extruder ( extr ) and tool changing device ( wwv ) continue the process of FDM printing with printing the next layer.

Figure 71

71 shows the exemplary procedure for the proposed 3D printing of an exemplary specimen using an FDM printing technique. The dashed lines represent the external dimensions of the test specimen. The solid lines represent the dimensions of the extruder ( extr ) represent separated material lines of the molten filament material that the extruder ( extr ) in the relevant shift when creating the workpiece ( wst ) has discontinued.

A computer system executes a data processing program, referred to below as a slicer. The slicer converts a first data set that contains the geometry of the workpiece to be created ( wst ) describes, in data, that the placement of the line material on the workpiece ( wst ) through the extruder ( extr ) can control the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) can steer into the workpiece.

Typically, the 3-D printing apparatus begins by depositing the lines of material that define the perimeter of the workpiece in that layer. This document names these material lines in the following with the term perimeter ( peri ). After the 3D printing of the circumferential lines, which will later be the surfaces of the workpiece ( wst ), the 3D printing device fills the inside of the workpiece ( wst ) with a so-called infill ( infi ) the end. By doing Example of 71 the bottom layer (i) later forms an outer surface of the workpiece ( wst ). Therefore, the 3D printing device places the material lines of the infill ( infi ) in the first layer (i) and in the second layer (ii) so close to one another that the material lines preferably touch and adhere to one another. The material lines of the first layer (i) are preferably not parallel to the material lines of the second layer (i). In the in 71 Step-by-step, simplified and schematically illustrated process, the proposed 3D printing device produces an exemplary test specimen with, for example, 12 layers (i to xii). In the example of the 71 the layers (iii to v), which are printed after the two outer layers, the first layer (i) and the second layer (ii), also have an infill ( infi ) on. The 3D printing device leads in the example of FIG 71 however the infill of the third layer (iii) and the infill of the fourth layer (iv) and the infill ( infi ) the fifth layer (v) is not as dense as the infill ( infi ) the first layer (i) and the infill of the second layer (ii). This saves filament material.

In the example of the 71 If the 3D printing device is to be exemplarily in the sixth layer (vi) a carbon fiber as an exemplary functional fiber ( ff ) to create a sixth layer (vib) with inserted functional fiber ( ff ) to obtain.

For easy insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) and for a good mechanical connection between functional fibers ( ff ) and the infill at the place of insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) For example through adhesion, it makes sense if the 3D printing device matches the material lines of the infill at least in the area of the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) placed so close that they are preferably placed before the functional fiber ( ff ) in these insertion areas of the functional fiber ( ff ) form a closed surface. This closeness of this area preferably extends to a minimum distance to the left and right of the planned insertion line for the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the temporary surface of the workpiece ( wst ). In the example of the 71 is this temporary surface ( of ) of the workpiece ( wst ) before inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) the temporary surface of the sixth layer (vi). In the example of the 71 is the sixth layer (vi) for simplification not only up to the minimum distance to the left and right of the planned insertion line of the functin fiber ( ff ) so tight that it forms a closed surface. In the example of the 71 the sixth layer (vi) is, for example, alternatively made so dense over the whole area that it forms a closed area over the whole area. With the help of the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) the proposed device places the functional fiber ( ff ) into the sixth layer (vi). The slicer preferably calculates the intended insertion line on the basis of one or more finite element simulations of the workpiece on the basis of one or more application-relevant mechanical load cases. Preferably, a designated insertion line corresponds to a functional fiber ( ff ) essentially the course of a mechanical stress field within the plane of the layer, here the sixth layer (vi) as an example. The 3D printing device preferably covers this modified sixth layer (vi) after the functional fiber has been inserted ( ff ) or after inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) with a seventh layer (vii). For good coverage of the functional fiber ( ff ) with filament material and for a good mechanical connection between functional fibers ( ff ) and the infill of the seventh layer (vii) at the place where the functional fiber is inserted ( ff ) in the sixth layer (vi), for example through adhesion, it makes sense if the 3D printing device also includes the material lines of the infill of the seventh layer (vii) at least in the area of the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) placed so close that they preferentially in these insertion areas of the functional fiber ( ff ) a closed area above the functional fiber ( ff ) form. This closedness of this area preferably extends up to a minimum distance to the left and right of the insertion line for the insertion of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the sixth layer (vi) of the workpiece ( wst ). In the example of the 71 is also the seventh layer (vii) for simplification not only up to the minimum distance to the left and right of the insertion line of the functin fiber ( ff ) in the sixth layer (vi) made so dense that it forms a closed surface. In the example of the 71 For example, the seventh layer (vii) is also embodied so dense over the whole area, for example, that it forms a closed area over the whole area.

In the example of the 71 the exemplary layers (viii to x) that are printed after the seventh layer (vii) also have an infill ( infi ) on. The 3D printing device leads in the example of FIG 71 however the infill of the eighth layer (viii) and the infill of the ninth layer (ix) and the infill ( infi ) of the tenth layer (x) is not as dense as the infill ( infi ) the seventh layer (vii). This again saves filament material. In addition, this less dense infill (ini) in the eighth layer (viii), the new layer (ix) and the tenth layer (x) also reduces the disturbances that the functional fiber ( ff ) and inserting the functional fiber ( ff ) in the sixth layer (vi). This makes it possible that in the example of the test specimen the 71 the top twelfth layer (xii) normally does not allow any conclusions to be drawn about the embedding of the functional fiber ( ff ) into the test specimen. After printing the tenth layer (x), the 3D printing device prints with the help of the extruder ( extr ) the eleventh layer (xi) and the twelfth layer (xii). Since the twelfth layer (xii) should again be an outer layer of the specimen, the slicer sees one in the data set for the 3D printer dense printing of the material lines, so that preferably both the twelfth layer (xii) and the eleventh layer (xi) form a closed case. The arrow chain in 71 should clarify the processing sequence.

Figure 72

72 shows possible favorable insertion lines for the test specimen of the 71 for two different load cases. 72a shows exemplary insertion lines for carbon fibers as functional fibers ( ff ) for an exemplary intended load case, which assumes an exemplary clamping of the test specimen on the left outer edge of the test specimen and on the right outer edge of the test specimen and assumes an exemplary tensile load with these clampings.

72b shows exemplary insertion lines for carbon fibers as functional fibers ( ff ) for an exemplary intended load case, which is based on an exemplary clamping of the specimen on the left outer edge of the specimen and an exemplary bolt load in the round opening in the center of the specimen. Also the case of the 72b assumes an exemplary tensile load with the clamping on the left and a bolt load directed to the right in the hole of the exemplary specimen.

List of reference symbols

1

Start of the overall process;

2

Fill printer with enough powder;

2 B

Fill printer with enough filament;

3

Check that the printer is ready for operation;

4th

Is the machine working ?;

5

Perform troubleshooting;

6th

Place component in construction chamber;

7th

Set printing parameters;

8th

Transfer building order to printer;

9

Heating installation space, preparation of powder bed;

9b

Heating installation space, preparation of heating bed;

10

Sintering the component;

10b

Extrusion or additive manufacturing of the component;

10.1

Start of the sub-process “sintering the component”;

10b.1

Start of the sub-process "extrusion or additive manufacturing of the component";

10.2

Should the 3D printing device be a functional fiber ( ff ) bring in ?;

10.3

Functional fiber ( ff ) transact;

10.4

Functional fiber ( ff ) move relatively;

10.5

Degrees of freedom of the functional fiber ( ff ) restrict;

10.6

Functional fiber ( ff ) separate;

10.7

Last functional fiber ( ff ) ?;

10.8

No outstanding functional fibers ( ff ) ?, functional fiber embedding device ( ft ) and construction chamber in starting position;

10.9

Powder application + heating + sintering;

10b.9

Extrusion or additive manufacturing of a layer;

10.10

Last layer sintered ?;

10b.10

Last shift made ?;

11/10

Lowering of the building platform;

10b.11

Lowering the building platform or increasing the typically vertical distance;

10.12

End of the sub-process “sintering the component”;

10b.12

End of the sub-process "extrusion or additive manufacturing of the component";

11

Cooling process;

12th

Remove component from construction chamber;

13th

Sandblasting, fiber overhangs;

14th

End of the overall process;

a

Warm-up area;

a1

first axis of the robot;

a2

second axis of the robot;

a3

third axis of the robot;

a4

fourth axis of the robot;

a5

fifth axis of the robot;

a6

sixth axis of the robot;

A1

first connection of the resistor ( R. );

A2

second connection of the resistor ( R. );

away

melted area;

from1

first melted area;

starting at 2

second melted area;

Oh

Axis;

al

optional aluminum foil;

aof

old surface of the layer ( pw ) that previously created the new surface ( open ) was;

ar

Drive roller of the functional fiber feed device;

av

Cutting and separating device;

b

Melting area (is part of the warm-up area);

B.

Fasteners;

Bk

L-shaped beam of the functional fiber feed device with which the spring ( fed ) the pressure roller ( pr ) against the drive roller ( ar ) pushes the functional fiber feed device. The channel ( kn ) typically leads the functional fiber ( ff ) during operation between pressure roller ( pr ) and drive roller ( ar ). Does the motor turn ( mar ) the

btv

Functional fiber feed device the drive roller ( ar ), the drive roller transports the functional fiber when it rotates ( ff ); Actuating device for the clamping device. The exemplary actuating device can, for example, via Bowden cables (not shown in the figures) and by means of the turntable ( ds ) turn the locking pin (vst) in its position around its axis so that the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) is no longer positioned so that it hits the slot ( vrs ) in the locking plate ( vp ) can happen. The exemplary actuating device can, for example, via Bowden cables (not shown in the figures) and by means of the turntable ( ds ) then turn the locking pin (vst) in its position around its axis in the opposite direction so that the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) is positioned in such a way that it engages the slot ( vrs ) in the locking plate ( vp ) cannot happen and the tool changing device ( wwv ) ( 68 ) for example with the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) ( 64 and 65 ) is firmly clamped together;

c

Solidification area;

d

Solidification area;

d1

first wire;

dhk

Radiator ( hk ) for example from diamond;

ds

Turntable. The actuating device for the clamping device ( btv ) can, for example, via Bowden cables (not shown in the figures) and the position of the turntable ( ds ) by rotating them around the axis of rotation of the locking pin (vst), which preferably represents the axis of rotation of the turntable. This changes the alignment of the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst), so that the cross bolt of the locking pin (vst) is no longer positioned in a first position so that it fits the slot in the locking plate ( vp ) can happen, and in a second

e

Positioning the said slot of the locking plate ( vp ) can happen; Depth of melting of the material of the layer ( pw ) from the new interface ( open ) measured;

eb

Area of solidification;

ep

Insertion point;

extr

Extruder;

f

first distance of the radiator ( hk ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv );

F.

Contact pressure of the pressure roller for the advance of the functional fiber ( ff ) against the typically relative to the radiator ( hk ) fixed drive roller ( ar ) as a counter bearing.

f1

first distance of the first radiator ( hk1 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv );

f2

first distance of the second radiator ( hk2 ) to the new interface ( open ) of the heat spreader ( wv );

ff

Functional fiber;

fed

Spring, which by means of the L-shaped beam ( Bk ) the pressure roller ( pr ) against the drive roller ( ar ) presses.

fm

Filling material;

ft

Functional fiber insertion device;

G

second distance ( G ) the lower edge ( uk ) the squeegee ( rk ) to the old surface ( aof ) the shift ( pw ) that previously created the new surface ( open ) was. The second distance is the thickness of the new layer ( npw );

hav

Cutting and separating device lever ( av );

hk

Radiator;

hk1

first radiator;

hk2

second radiator;

hk4

fourth radiator;

hz1

first heater;

hz2

second heater;

hz21

second heating device of the first radiator ( hz1 );

hz22

second heating device of the second radiator ( hz2 );

hz4

fourth heater of fourth radiator ( hk4 );

infi

Infill;

jb

Adjusting bolt;

jk

Adjusting ball segment;

K1

first contact;

K2

second contact;

K3

third contact;

K4

fourth contact;

K5

fifth contact;

K6

sixth contact;

K7

seventh contact;

K8

eighth contact;

kl

second cooling device;

kl1

second cooling device of the first radiator ( hz1 );

kl2

second cooling device of the second radiator ( hz2 );

kn

Channel for the functional fiber ( ff );

kt

Edge of the channel ( kn );

kv

first cooling device;

kz1

first bevel gear;

kw1

first spline shaft;

kw2

second spline shaft;

kw3

third splined shaft;

kz1

first bevel gear;

kz2

second bevel gear;

kz3

third bevel gear;

kz4

fourth bevel gear;

I1

first plain bearing sleeve;

I2

second bearing of the second splined shaft ( kw2 );

I3

third bearing of the third splined shaft ( kw3 );

LB1

first laser beam;

LB2

second laser beam;

Ik

electrically insulating varnish or functionally equivalent layer;

Isp

Mirrors;

M.

Engine;

Wed

Meniscus of wetting;

mar

Motor of the functional fiber feed device ( mar , ar , pr );

mav

Motor of the separating / cutting device ( av );

msav

Separator knife of the separator-cutter ( av );

npw

new layer;

o1

first opening;

o2

second opening;

of

first surface of the heat spreader ( wv );

of2

second surface of the heat spreader ( wv );

open

new surface of the heat spreader ( wv ) by applying a layer ( pw ) of the material;

peri

Perimeter;

pk

Process chamber;

pp1

first tool set-down point for the functional fiber insertion device ( ft ) (fiber tool);

pr

Pressure roller for feeding the functional fiber ( ff );

pv

solidified powder layer;

pw

Shift ( pw ) made of a material on the surface ( of ) with formation of a new surface ( open ) parallel to the surface;

pwv

leading material supply from fresh powder for the sintering process;

R.

electrical resistance;

rk

the squeegee;

sav

Coupling rod between knife ( msav ) and lever ( hav ) the cutting and separating device ( av );

sl

Hose;

SL

Plain;

SP

Spindle;

ϑ1

first process temperature. This is the target process temperature of the heat spreader ( wv );

ϑ2

second process temperature. This is the target process temperature of the radiator ( hk );

ϑ2a

Process temperature of the first partial radiator of the radiator ( hk );

ϑ2b

Process temperature of the second part of the radiator ( hk );

ϑ21

second process temperature of the first radiator ( hk1 );

ϑ21

second process temperature of the second radiator ( hk2 );

ϑ3

third process temperature. This is the target process temperature of the functional fiber ( ff ) before being placed in the melt;

ϑ4

fourth process temperature. This is the process temperature of the process chamber ( pk ) or the process chamber temperature;

ϑhk

Actual radiator temperature of the radiator ( hk );

ϑwv

Actual heat spreader temperature of the heat spreader ( wv );

ts

Temperature sensor;

uk

Lower edge of the squeegee ( rk );

vrs

Slot in the locking plate ( vp );

v1

first speed of movement of the radiator ( hk ) relative to the heat spreader ( wv );

v2

second speed at which the functional fiber feed device feeds the functional fiber ( ff ) the workpiece ( wst ) (in 13th in the form of the new layer ( npw )) feeds;

v3

third speed at which the squeegee feed device moves the squeegee ( rk ) over the old surface ( aof ) emotional;

vb

solidified area;

vb1

first solidified area;

vb2

second solidified area;

vp

Locking plate;

vr

Supply roll for the functional fiber ( ff )

VSM

Motor for feeding the functional fiber ( ff ) towards the surface (OF) of the layer ( pw );

wav1

first tool setting device;

wav2

second tool setting device;

wkl

Tool clamp;

wst

Workpiece. The workpiece is preferably an object manufactured by an additive manufacturing method. It is preferably an intermediate status of the printing process of the additive manufacturing process. In the sense of this proposal, however, the use of other workpieces for the insertion process, detached from the manufacturing process, is also conceivable. For example, in such a case, the workpiece can be an injection-molded part or a part from a metal-cutting manufacturing process, in the surface of which a device is then introduced with the aid of a method as presented here and / or with the aid of a functional fiber insertion device according to the proposal ( ft ) Functional fibers ( ff ) inserts;

wtr

Tool lifting pins;

wv

Heat spreader;

wwv

Tool changing device;

wzt

Tool carrier;

χ

Contact angle;

Relevant writings

• DE 10 2010 015 199 B9 , Fiber guiding device and device for building a three-dimensional preform, EP 1 274 976 B1 , Pressure and temperature sensor, US 2016/0 067 928 A1 , Multilayer fiber reinforcement design for 3d printing (2014), VDI 3405, Additive Manufacturing process: basics, terms, process descriptions, Berlin.
• Akhoundi, B., Behravesh, AH & Bagheri Saed, A. (2019), "Improving mechanical properties of continuous fiber-reinforced thermoplastic composites produced by FDM 3D printer", in: Journal of Reinforced Plastics and Composites, Vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 99-116. http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1177 / 0731684418807300 .
• Baumann, F., Scholz, J. & Fleischer, J. (2017), "Investigation of a New Approach for Additively Manufactured Continuous Fiber-Reinforced Polymers", in: Procedia CIRP, Vol. 66, pp. 323-328. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2017.03.276 .
• Becker, J. (2019), Experimental Capability Analysis of a System for Selective Laser Sintering of Plastics, Master's Thesis, Karlsruhe: Karlsruhe Institute of Technology .
• Breuninger, J., Becker, R., Wolf, A., Rommel, S. & Verl, A. (2013), Additive Manufacturing with Plastics, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, Berlin, Heidelberg .
• http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-24325-7.
• Budding, A. & Vaneker, T. (2013), “New Strategies for Powder Compaction in Powder-based Rapid Prototyping Techniques”, in: Procedia CIRP, Vol. 6, pp. 527-532 .
• http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2013.03.100.
• Dickson, AN, Barry, JN, McDonnell, KA & Dowling, DP (2017), "Fabrication of continuous carbon, glass and Kevlar fiber reinforced polymer composites using additive manufacturing", in: Additive Manufacturing, Vol. 16, p. 146- 152. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2017.06.004 .
• DIN EN ISO / ASTM 52900: 2018-6 (), Additive Manufacturing - Basic Terminology ( ISO / ASTM DIS 52900: 2018 ); German and English version prEN ISO / ASTM 52900: 2018 , Berlin.
• Fidan, I., Imeri, A., Gupta, A., Hasanov, S., Nasirov, A., Elliott, A., Alifui-Segbaya, F. & Nanami, N. (2019), “The trends and challenges of fiber reinforced additive manufacturing ", in: The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 102, No. 5-8, pp. 1801-1818. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00170-018-03269-7 .
• Gebhardt, A. (2016), Additive Manufacturing: Additive Manufacturing and 3D Printing for Prototyping - Tooling - Production, 5th, revised and expanded edition. Ed., Hanser, Munich.
• Mark, GT & Gozdz, AS (2017) , US9579851B2 , Apparatus for fiber reinforced additive manufacturing.
• Mark, GT & Gozdz, AS (2018) , US10099427B2 , Three dimensional printer with composite filament fabrication.
• Matsuzaki, R., Ueda, M., Namiki, M., Jeong, T.-K., Asahara, H., Horiguchi, K., Nakamura, T., Todoroki, A. & Hirano, Y. (2016) , "Three-dimensional printing of continuous fiber composites by in-nozzle impregnation", in: Scientific reports, Vol. 6, p. 23058. http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/srep23058 .
• Meyer, O. (2008), Short fiber preform technology for the production of fiber composite components in accordance with the force flow, dissertation, Stuttgart: University of Stuttgart .
• Mielicki, C., Wegner, A., Gronhoff, B., Wortberg, J. & Witt, G. (2012), “Prediction of PA12 melt viscosity in Laser Sintering by a Time and Temperature dependent rheological model”, in: RTejournal . Pirrung, F. (2019), Concept development to include continuous reinforcing fibers into the selective laser sintering process, Master thesis, Karlsruhe: Karlsruhe Institute of Technology .
• Prüß, H. & Vietor, T. (2015), "Design for Fiber-Reinforced Additive Manufacturing", in: Journal of Mechanical Design,, No. Vol. 137 .
• Rahim, TNAT, Abdullah, AM & Md Akil, H. (2019), “Recent Developments in Fused Deposition Modeling-Based 3D Printing of Polymers and Their Composites”, in: Polymer Reviews, Vol. 59, No. 4, pp. 589-624. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15583724.2019.1597883 .
• Reis Silva, M., Pereira, AM, Alves, N., Mateus, G., Mateus, A. & Malca, C. (2019), "Development of an Additive Manufacturing System for the Deposition of Thermoplastics Impregnated with Carbon Fibers" , in: Journal of Manufacturing and Materials Processing, Vol. 3, No. 2, p. 35. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/jmmp3020035 .
• Schmid, M. (2015a), Additive Manufacturing with Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, Wiesbaden. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-12289-8 .
• Schmid, M. (2015b), Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) with Plastics: Technology, Processes and Materials, Hanser, Munich .
• Schwarze, D., Wiesner, A. & Hermann, A. (2016) , EP2818305B1 , Powder Applicator, and Operation Method for a Powder Applicator.
• Thüning, A. (2019), research on system components in powder bed-based additive manufacturing processes, seminar paper, Karlsruhe: Karlsruhe Institute of Technology .
• Wendel, B., Rietzel, D., Kühnlein, F., Feulner, R., Hülder, G. & Schmachtenberg, E. (2008), "Additive Processing of Polymers", in: Macromolecular Materials and Engineering, Vol. 293, No. 10, pp. 799-809. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/mame.200800121 .
• Zhu, W., Yan, C., Shi, Y., Wen, S., Liu, J., Wei, Q. & Shi, Y. (2016), “A novel method based on selective laser sintering for preparing high -performance carbon fibers / polyamide12 / epoxy ternary composites ", in: Scientific reports, vol. 6, p. 33780. http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/srep33780 .

QUOTES INCLUDED IN THE DESCRIPTION

This list of the documents listed by the applicant was generated automatically and is included solely for the better information of the reader. The list is not part of the German patent or utility model application. The DPMA assumes no liability for any errors or omissions.

Patent literature cited

• US 2016/0067928 A1 [0003, 0385]
• EP 1274976 B1 [0247, 0249, 0385]
• DE 102010015199 B9 [0385]
• US 9579851 B2 [0385]
• US 10099427 B2 [0385]
• EP 2818305 B1 [0385]

Non-patent literature cited

• DIN EN ISO / ASTM 52900: 2018 [0187]
• Bernd Burchard, "Electronic and optoelectronic components and component structures based on diamonds", dissertation, Hagen, 1994 [0247]
• Akhoundi, B., Behravesh, AH & Bagheri Saed, A. (2019), "Improving mechanical properties of continuous fiber-reinforced thermoplastic composites produced by FDM 3D printer", in: Journal of Reinforced Plastics and Composites, Vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 99-116. http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1177 / 0731684418807300 [0385]
• Baumann, F., Scholz, J. & Fleischer, J. (2017), "Investigation of a New Approach for Additively Manufactured Continuous Fiber-Reinforced Polymers", in: Procedia CIRP, Vol. 66, pp. 323-328. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2017.03.276 [0385]
• Becker, J. (2019), Experimental Capability Analysis of a System for Selective Laser Sintering of Plastics, Master's Thesis, Karlsruhe: Karlsruhe Institute of Technology [0385]
• Breuninger, J., Becker, R., Wolf, A., Rommel, S. & Verl, A. (2013), Additive Manufacturing with Plastics, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, Berlin, Heidelberg [0385]
• Budding, A. & Vaneker, T. (2013), "New Strategies for Powder Compaction in Powder-based Rapid Prototyping Techniques", in: Procedia CIRP, Vol. 6, pp. 527-532 [0385]
• Dickson, AN, Barry, JN, McDonnell, KA & Dowling, DP (2017), "Fabrication of continuous carbon, glass and Kevlar fiber reinforced polymer composites using additive manufacturing", in: Additive Manufacturing, Vol. 16, p. 146- 152. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2017.06.004 [0385]
• DIN EN ISO / ASTM 52900: 2018-6 [0385]
• ISO / ASTM DIS 52900: 2018 [0385]
• ISO / ASTM 52900: 2018 [0385]
• Fidan, I., Imeri, A., Gupta, A., Hasanov, S., Nasirov, A., Elliott, A., Alifui-Segbaya, F. & Nanami, N. (2019), “The trends and challenges of fiber reinforced additive manufacturing ", in: The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 102, No. 5-8, pp. 1801-1818. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00170-018-03269-7 [0385]
• Mark, G. T. & Gozdz, A. S. (2017) [0385]
• Mark, G. T. & Gozdz, A. S. (2018) [0385]
• Matsuzaki, R., Ueda, M., Namiki, M., Jeong, T.-K., Asahara, H., Horiguchi, K., Nakamura, T., Todoroki, A. & Hirano, Y. (2016) , "Three-dimensional printing of continuous fiber composites by in-nozzle impregnation", in: Scientific reports, Vol. 6, p. 23058. http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/srep23058 [0385]
• Meyer, O. (2008), Short fiber preform technology for the production of fiber composite components in accordance with the force flow, dissertation, Stuttgart: University of Stuttgart [0385]
• Mielicki, C., Wegner, A., Gronhoff, B., Wortberg, J. & Witt, G. (2012), “Prediction of PA12 melt viscosity in Laser Sintering by a Time and Temperature dependent rheological model”, in: RTejournal . Pirrung, F. (2019), Concept development to include continuous reinforcing fibers into the selective laser sintering process, Master thesis, Karlsruhe: Karlsruhe Institute of Technology [0385]
• Prüß, H. & Vietor, T. (2015), "Design for Fiber-Reinforced Additive Manufacturing", in: Journal of Mechanical Design,, No. Vol. 137 [0385]
• Rahim, TNAT, Abdullah, AM & Md Akil, H. (2019), “Recent Developments in Fused Deposition Modeling-Based 3D Printing of Polymers and Their Composites”, in: Polymer Reviews, Vol. 59, No. 4, pp. 589-624. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15583724.2019.1597883 [0385]
• Reis Silva, M., Pereira, AM, Alves, N., Mateus, G., Mateus, A. & Malca, C. (2019), "Development of an Additive Manufacturing System for the Deposition of Thermoplastics Impregnated with Carbon Fibers" , in: Journal of Manufacturing and Materials Processing, Vol. 3, No. 2, p. 35. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/jmmp3020035 [0385]
• Schmid, M. (2015a), Additive Manufacturing with Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, Wiesbaden. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-12289-8 [0385]
• Schmid, M. (2015b), Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) with Plastics: Technology, Processes and Materials, Hanser, Munich [0385]
• Schwarze, D., Wiesner, A. & Hermann, A. (2016) [0385]
• Thüning, A. (2019), research on system components in powder bed-based additive manufacturing processes, seminar paper, Karlsruhe: Karlsruhe Institute of Technology [0385]
• Wendel, B., Rietzel, D., Kühnlein, F., Feulner, R., Hülder, G. & Schmachtenberg, E. (2008), “Additive Processing of Polymers”, in: Macromolecular Materials and Engineering, Vol. 293 , No. 10, pp. 799-809. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/mame.200800121 [0385]
• Zhu, W., Yan, C., Shi, Y., Wen, S., Liu, J., Wei, Q. & Shi, Y. (2016), “A novel method based on selective laser sintering for preparing high -performance carbon fibers / polyamide12 / epoxy ternary composites ", in: Scientific reports, vol. 6, p. 33780. http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/srep33780 [0385]

Claims (10)

A method of additive manufacturing of a workpiece (wst) for the production of a composite material with at least one functional fiber (ff) as a component of the workpiece (wst), comprising the steps - Step α: interrupting a basic process of additive manufacturing; - Step β: Insertion of a functional fiber (ff) by means of a functional fiber insertion process into a surface (of, ofn) of the workpiece (wst) that was created using the basic process of additive manufacturing at the time of the interruption, - The functional fiber introduction process is different from the basic process of additive manufacturing and - wherein the functional fiber introduction process comprises the following sub-steps β.1 to β.3 and optionally the following sub-step β.4: - Sub-step β.1: providing a functional fiber (ff); - Sub-step β.2: positioning and / or depositing and / or laying down of the functional fiber (ff) relative to the workpiece (wst); - Sub-step β.3: Restricting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber (ff), - this restriction being able to take place at the same time as sub-step β.2 of positioning and / or depositing and / or laying down the functional fiber (ff) relative to the workpiece (wst); - Sub-step β.4: Optional separation of the functional fiber; - optional step y: optional insertion of n further functional fibers (ff) with n as a whole positive number, where n can be equal to 0, with the n optional substeps y.1 to y.n: - for each step yj of substeps y.1 to yn, with 1≤j≤n and only for n> 0: optional repetition of substeps β.1 to β.3 and possibly β.4 for each further j-th functional fiber ( ff) any further n functional fibers to be inserted (ff); - Step δ: continuation of the basic process of additive manufacturing. - Composite material characterized in that the composite material comprises at least one first layer made of a first material of an additive manufacturing process and that the composite material comprises at least one second layer made of the first material of an additive manufacturing process and that the first layer has a layer boundary opposite the second layer at which the first layer and the second layer are in direct contact and - that the composite material has a consolidation area (d) and - that the consolidation area (b) comprises at least parts of the first layer and - that the solidification area (b) comprises at least parts of the second layer and - that the part of the first layer and the part of the second layer in the solidification area (d) as a trace of a former melting area (b) have no layer boundary between the first layer and the second layer and - that in the solidification area (d) a Functional fiber (ff) is at least partially inserted. Device for three-dimensional printing - With the first means to carry out a basic process of layer-by-layer additive manufacturing and - with second means for opening and / or for melting part of the surface (of) a workpiece (wst), - With third means for closing or solidifying the opened part of the surface (of) of the workpiece (wst), characterized in that - that they fourth means for inserting at least parts and / or functional fiber sections of functional fibers (ff) in the surface (of) the workpiece (wst) before the closure or before the solidification of the opened part of the surface (of) the workpiece ( wst), wherein the fourth means can comprise the second means or be the second means can and wherein the third means can comprise the second means or be the second means can and wherein the fourth means can comprise the third means or be the third means can and wherein the first means differ at least partially from the second means and wherein the first means differ at least partially from the third means and wherein the first means differ at least partially from the fourth means. Device for three-dimensional printing - With the first means to carry out a basic process of the layer-by-layer additive Manufacturing, characterized by - that it comprises second means for positioning a functional fiber (ff) in or on part of the surface (of) a workpiece (wst) and - that it includes third means for limiting the degrees of freedom of the functional fiber (ff), - wherein the third means can comprise the second means or can be the second means and - The first means differ at least partially from the second means, and - the first means differing at least partially from the third means. Device for three-dimensional printing - with first means for carrying out a basic method of layer-by-layer additive manufacturing and - with second means for carrying out a selective heat sintering process or a selective heat melting process, - the first means differing at least partially from the second means, characterized in that - they have third means for inserting functional fibers ( ff) during the sintering or melting process by means of the second means, - wherein the third means can comprise the second means or can be the second means and - wherein the first means differ at least partially from the third means. Device for three-dimensional printing by means of selective sintering and / or melting - With a first group of sub-devices for performing a selective laser sintering process and / or a selective laser melting process and - With a second group of sub-devices, in particular comprising a functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool), for carrying out a selective heat sintering process (SHS) or a selective heat melting process (SHM), characterized by - That it comprises a sub-device, in particular a functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool), for inserting functional fibers (ff) during a sintering or melting process. Functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool) - with a channel (kn) and - with a functional fiber feed device (mar, ar, pr), in particular with a drive roller (ar) and in particular with a pressure roller (pr) for feeding a functional fiber (ff) and - with a radiator (hk) and - with a heating device (hz) and - with a cutting and separating device (av) and - with a temperature sensor (ts), - wherein the heating element (hk) can be heated up by the heating device (hz) and - The temperature sensor (ts) being thermally coupled to the radiator (hk), characterized in that - That the heating element (hk) is suitable and provided for the material of a surface (of) a workpiece (wst) in an additive manufacturing process - temporally after the deposition of the material of the workpiece (wst) and - to melt after the formation of this surface (often) as a solid surface and - that the functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool) can feed a functional fiber (ff) via the channel (kn) by means of a functional fiber feed device (ar, pr) and - That the functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool) can insert the functional fiber (ff) into the melt of the material of the surface (of) in a melting area (b) by means of the functional fiber feed device (ar, pr) and the channel (kn). Device for additive manufacturing - with a positioning device (SP, B, wv) and - with means for executing a basic process of additive manufacturing and - with a functional fiber feed, in particular a hose, for feeding a functional fiber (ff) and - with a controller , in particular a computing and / or control system, and - with a functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool) Claim 7 for executing a functional fiber insertion method that is different from the basic method, - wherein the positioning device (SP, B, wv) positions the functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool) relative to the surface (of) a workpiece (wst) as a function of signals from the controller and - wherein the feed feeds the functional fiber (ff) to the functional fiber insertion device (ft) (fiber tool). Functional fiber (ff) characterized in that - that they are for use in a method according to Claim 1 is provided and / or - that it is a functional fiber (ff) for use in a composite material Claim 2 is and / or - that it is a functional fiber (ff) for use in a device according to one or more of the Claims 5 until 8th is. Functional fiber (ff), - the functional fiber (ff) being followed by a functional fiber (ff) Claim 9 and - the functional fiber (ff) is provided with a size (SL) and - the size (SL) of the functional fiber (ff) during an insertion process of the functional fiber (ff) of a workpiece (wst) in an additive manufacturing process to the material of the surface (of) of the workpiece (wst) at least in some areas of this surface (of) one Meniscus (mi) forms with a contact angle (χ) that is smaller than 90 ° and / or - the surface of the functional fiber (ff) being designed in such a way, in particular wetting, that the melt of the material of a surface (of) a workpiece (wst) during an insertion process of the functional fiber (ff) in this surface (of) of the workpiece (wst) to the material of the surface of the functional fiber (ff) at least in some areas of this surface of the functional fiber (ff) a meniscus (mi) with a Forms contact angle (χ) that is smaller than 90 °.

Images